{"title":"Metalworking machinery","description":"\u003cp class=\"whitespace-normal break-words\"\u003e Metalworking machines for carpentry and precision mechanics. \u003cstrong\u003eMetal lathes\u003c\/strong\u003e , \u003cstrong\u003emetal milling machines\u003c\/strong\u003e , \u003cstrong\u003ebenchtop drills\u003c\/strong\u003e and mills, and \u003cstrong\u003emetal saws\u003c\/strong\u003e for every production need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp class=\"whitespace-normal break-words\"\u003eSpecialized technical support and fast shipping. \u003cstrong\u003eTapping machines\u003c\/strong\u003e , \u003cstrong\u003emetal grinders\u003c\/strong\u003e , and \u003cstrong\u003emetal extraction systems\u003c\/strong\u003e for complete workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"affilatrici-bernardo-dg-13-md","title":"Bernardo DG 13 MD Drill Bit Sharpener – 230V with thinning device","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 13 MD drill bit sharpener sharpens HSS and carbide twist drills with a diameter of 2-13 mm, adjustable point angle of 90°-135°, grinding wheel speed of 4,400 rpm, 0.12 kW single-phase 230V motor, and includes a CBN grinding wheel. Equipped with a thinning device and an additional station for relief grinding of the cutting edge. Weight 8.1 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSharpenable drill diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 – 13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable point angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90° – 135°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCBN grinding wheel speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.12 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunctions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Primary sharpening + thinning + relief grinding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Precision ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.1 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DG 13 MD and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 13 MD is a twist drill bit sharpener with three operating stations: primary sharpening, a device for thinning the drill bit, and an additional station for relief grinding of the cutting face. Thinning reduces the web thickness of the drill bit, improving centering on the workpiece and reducing the feed force required during drilling. This feature, rare in sharpeners of this range, distinguishes the DG 13 MD from the basic DG 13 M. The CBN (cubic boron nitride) grinding wheel is the correct technical choice for sharpening HSS and carbide. In Krollit's customer workshops, it is chosen by mechanical workshops, maintenance departments, and precision mechanics who want to reduce drill bit replacement costs and improve drilling performance on steels and metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DG 13 MD is the superior version of the DG 13 M in the Bernardo drill bit sharpener range. Compared to the basic DG 13 M, the MD adds the thinning device and the relief grinding station, two functions that substantially improve the geometry of the sharpened drill bit: a properly thinned and relieved drill bit has a longer lifespan between resharpenings and produces more precise holes. Above the DG 13 MD in the Bernardo range are sharpeners for milling cutters (EMG 30, EMG 60) and universal sharpeners, sized for other types of tools. For workshops that primarily work with drill bits up to 13 mm, the DG 13 MD is the reference solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). At 8.1 kg, it is shipped in a single protective package and can be handled by one person. CBN grinding wheels, ER 20 collets, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the DG 13 MD for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor those who need to regularly sharpen their own drill bits. For occasional use (one-two sharpenings per month), the cost may be oversized: consider external sharpening services.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop \/ maintenance department\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe three stations (sharpening, thinning, relief) produce drill bits with correct geometry that last longer between resharpenings. Reduces drill bit replacement costs and improves drilling performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction department with intensive drill bit use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops with regular consumption of HSS and carbide drill bits, the DG 13 MD quickly pays for itself. Durable CBN grinding wheel and three stations make sharpening quick and repeatable.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drill bits over 13 mm in diameter (consider higher models); CNC drills with special geometries (require numerically controlled universal sharpeners); sharpening end mills or rotary tools other than drill bits (consider EMG 30 or universal sharpeners).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSharpening capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill bit diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 – 13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill bit materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSS, HSS-Co, carbide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable point angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperating functions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary sharpening + thinning + relief grinding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrinding wheel and spindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCBN (cubic boron nitride)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.12 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – 50Hz – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 × 135 × 165 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounted CBN grinding wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 11 ER 20 collets (3.0 \/ 4.0 \/ 5.0 \/ 6.0 \/ 7.0 \/ 8.0 \/ 9.0 \/ 10.0 \/ 11.0 \/ 12.0 \/ 13.0 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eER 20 collet holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DG 13 MD and DG 13 M?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DG 13 MD adds the thinning device and the relief grinding station for the cutting face. The basic DG 13 M only offers primary sharpening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThinning reduces the web thickness of the drill bit, improving centering on the workpiece and reducing the required feed force. Relief grinding creates the correct clearance angle behind the cutting edge. These two functions produce drill bits with complete geometry and superior performance, which is why the DG 13 MD is preferred in professional mechanical workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I sharpen carbide drill bits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The included CBN grinding wheel is the correct technical choice for both HSS and carbide. CBN is specific for steels and ferrous alloys, while for carbide, diamond grinding wheels are normally preferred, but CBN is still suitable for occasional resharpening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with intensive use of carbide drill bits, an optional diamond grinding wheel is available, which provides optimal results on carbide. For HSS and HSS-Co drill bits, the CBN grinding wheel is the correct choice in all cases. Original Bernardo replacement grinding wheels are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to sharpen a drill bit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete sharpening of an HSS drill bit (operations: primary sharpening + thinning + relief) typically takes 1-3 minutes for drill bits under 10 mm and 3-5 minutes for drill bits 10-13 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTimes depend on the initial condition of the drill bit: a slightly worn drill bit only requires primary sharpening (~1 minute), while a worn or damaged drill bit requires all three stations (~3-5 minutes). With practice, an operator achieves fast and repeatable times. The included ER 20 collets allow for precise clamping of drill bits in standard sizes 3-13 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the DG 13 MD work with a 230V household socket?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 0.12 kW 230V single-phase motor works with any standard 16A household socket. Power consumption is minimal, equivalent to that of a small appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DG 13 MD is designed for benchtop use with low power consumption: it can be installed in any workshop or laboratory without the need for dedicated lines. Its compact dimensions (280 × 135 × 165 mm) and weight of 8.1 kg allow it to be placed on any workbench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I sharpen drill bits over 13 mm with the DG 13 MD?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The design limit is 13 mm drill bit diameter. For drill bits of larger diameter, consider universal sharpeners with an extended range, or external sharpening services for large diameter drill bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 13 mm limit coincides with the maximum size of the included ER 20 collet set. Drill bits over 13 mm are typically used less frequently in general workshops, and their sharpening is often outsourced. The DG 13 MD covers the range of drill bits used in virtually all standard drilling applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693010391368,"sku":"05-1613","price":686.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Affilatrice_Bernardo_DG_13_MD_per_punte_da_trapano.jpg?v=1758707426"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrice-banco-bfm-2100-servo","title":"Bernardo BFM 2100 Servo Bed Milling Machine – 2,100×500 mm table, ISO 50, 3-axis digital display","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BFM 2100 Servo bed milling machine offers a 2,100×500 mm table with a 1,800 kg load capacity, ISO 50 spindle taper, 6-300\/30-1,500 rpm spindle speed in two ranges, X\/Y\/Z travel of 1,500\/650\/650 mm, continuous servo-assisted feeds X\/Y 2.5-3,000 mm\/min and rapid traverses of 6,000 mm\/min, ball screws on all axes, 11 kW main motor, 3.6 kW feed motor, 360° swiveling Huron type universal head, and ES-12 H 3-axis digital display. Approx. weight 7,300 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWork table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,100 × 500 mm – load capacity 1,800 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 50\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-300 \/ 30-1,500 rpm (2 ranges)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eX \/ Y \/ Z travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,500 \/ 650 \/ 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRapid traverses X\/Y\/Z:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6,000 \/ 6,000 \/ 3,000 mm\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 7,300 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BFM 2100 Servo and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BFM 2100 Servo is a heavy industrial bed milling machine designed for heavy-duty machining of large workpieces. The massive gray cast iron structure, reinforced box-type carriage, and 7,300 kg weight provide the necessary rigidity for heavy milling without vibration. The 360° swiveling Huron-type universal head allows for horizontal, vertical, and angular milling in one machine. Servo-assisted feeds on all three axes (with rapid traverses up to 6,000 mm\/min on X\/Y), ball screws, and the ES-12 H digital display make the machine suitable for both precision machining and heavy roughing. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, mold shops, ship repair, and maintenance of large-format mechanical components that require generous load capacity and travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BFM 2100 Servo is at the top of Bernardo's bed milling machine range. The ISO 50 spindle taper is the standard industrial size for heavy milling (vs ISO 40 for mid-range milling machines): it allows for larger diameter tools and more aggressive material removal tolerances. The X\/Y\/Z travels of 1,500\/650\/650 mm handle workpieces that smaller workshop milling machines could not accommodate, such as mechanical carpentry components, welded structures, and large-format molds. Below the BFM 2100 Servo, Bernardo offers milling machines with tables of 1,300-1,700 mm and ISO 40, sized for medium-sized workshops. Above the 2100 Servo, one enters the category of CNC machining centers and gantry milling machines, sized for automated production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South of Italy). With 7,300 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity and appropriately sized workshop access. A reinforced concrete foundation is recommended for precision machining. Clamps, milling tool holders, Huron head spare parts, and original Bernardo spare accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BFM 2100 Servo for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 7,300 kg, 11 kW motor, and 2,100 mm table. Its cost, dimensions, and the required industrial three-phase electrical line make it unsuitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium-large mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor machining large workpieces (mechanical components, carpentry, molds), repairs, and industrial maintenance. The 1,800 kg table load capacity handles practically any generalist mechanical workshop component.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production \/ mold shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eServo-assisted feeds, ball screws, and a 3-axis digital display support precision machining on large workpieces. For automated series production, consider CNC machining centers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e automated series production with numerical control (consider dedicated CNC machining centers); workshops without an industrial three-phase line or without space for a dedicated foundation; machining small workpieces (under 200×200 mm) where more compact milling machines would be more productive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,100 × 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable load capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (range 1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 – 300 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (range 2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 – 1,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle head inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° (Huron universal head)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross travel (Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical travel (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous feeds X\/Y\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 – 3,000 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous feed Z\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 – 2,500 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid traverses X\/Y\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid traverse Z\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,000 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotors and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.6 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,350 × 2,800 × 2,830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 7,300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eES-12 H 3-axis digital display with LCD screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectronic handwheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuous servo-assisted feeds on all axes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBall screws on all axes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED work lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling device with tank and pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360° swiveling Huron type universal head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal counter bearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong arbor ISO 50 \/ 32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTapered milling tool holder ISO 50 \/ 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZ-axis telescopic cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal protective device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover for horizontal milling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic central lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does the BFM 2100 Servo require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA reinforced concrete foundation sized for the machine's 7,300 kg is recommended. For precision machining, standard industrial flooring may be insufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect installation requires a reinforced concrete slab at least 200 mm thick under the machine, with a leveled surface for stable support on the adjustable feet. For precision machining with tight tolerances, a dedicated foundation isolated from the rest of the workshop floor reduces vibrational transmissions from other machines. Krollit does not provide on-site foundation laying services: involve a qualified installer for site preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use standard ISO 40 tools with an adapter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, reduction milling tool holders from ISO 50 to ISO 40 are available to use mid-range tools. The machine is natively sized for ISO 50 but supports adapters for smaller tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduction milling tool holders allow flexibility in using tools purchased for previous machines. However, to maximize the capacity of the BFM 2100 Servo, the native use of ISO 50 tools is preferable: ISO 50 milling tool holders have greater rigidity and allow more aggressive material removal without vibrations. Clamps and original spare milling tool holders are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 360° Huron head really practical?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It allows horizontal, vertical, and angular milling without changing tools. For general workshops that process different workpieces, this is the most significant practical difference compared to milling machines with a fixed head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Huron universal head is a heavy construction feature: it adds mechanical complexity but eliminates the need to purchase additional equipment for horizontal milling. Continuous 360° rotation also allows for complex angular milling (e.g., inclined surfaces, angled grooves) that would otherwise require the use of rotary or angular tables. The investment in a Huron head pays off in general workshops with a variety of operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo ball screws really make a difference?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, significantly. They reduce axial play to practically zero and allow positioning repeatability of a few microns, compared to the hundredths of a millimeter typical of traditional lead screws\/nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBall screws are the standard for modern precision machine tools. On a milling machine of this size, the difference is seen in the achievable tolerances and the reduction of backlash, which would otherwise require manual compensation. Combined with the ES-12 H 3-axis digital display, they allow working with tolerances within ±0.01 mm under standard conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much operating space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 3,350 × 2,800 × 2,830 mm. For workpiece handling and service accessibility, an operating area of at least 6 × 5 m with a minimum ceiling height of 3.5 m is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe X-travel of 1,500 mm and the table load capacity of 1,800 kg require space for handling heavy workpieces with a hoist or workshop crane. For loading\/unloading operations, it is recommended to have at least 1.5 m clear space in front of the table. The indicated heights consider the machine with the Huron head in the vertical position: in the horizontal configuration, the vertical footprint is reduced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693018714440,"sku":"02-1323XL","price":72982.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_a_banco_Bernardo_BFM_2100_Servo_con_display_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1758120978"},{"product_id":"smussatrici-bernardo-kfm-100k","title":"Bernardo KFM 100 K Circular Chamfering Machine – 230V, chamfer adjustment 0-4 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 100 K circular chamfering machine is a lightweight handheld tool for deburring, chamfering, and radiusing steel, stainless steel, plastic, and non-ferrous metals. It features a 45° milling head with 2 TiN-coated carbide inserts, continuously adjustable chamfer from 0 to 4 mm in 0.1 mm increments, a minimum internal radius of 20 mm, a speed of 10,000 rpm, and a 720 W single-phase 230V motor. Weight 3.5 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer Angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 – 4 mm adjustable (0.1 mm increments)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Internal Radius:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutting Inserts:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 TiN-coated inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 720 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 3.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KFM 100 K and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 100 K is a compact handheld chamfering machine for the quick removal of sharp edges, cutting burrs, and dangerous corners on metal parts of various shapes. The fixed 45° angle is standard for typical mechanical engineering chamfering, while the continuous adjustment of the chamfer width from 0-4 mm in 0.1 mm increments allows for precise finish control. Its ability to work on internal radii up to 20 mm distinguishes it from fixed bench chamfering machines. The TiN-coated carbide inserts ensure superior durability compared to standard inserts and a clean finish on steel, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, and plastic. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by mechanical workshops for post-cutting finishing, metal fabricators for chamfering edges for welding, and laboratories working on safety-critical metal parts where burrs are unacceptable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the Bernardo chamfering machine range, the KFM 100 K is the entry-level model for manual use at 45°. The KFM 200 M chamfering machines (with linear guide) in the same range offer a chamfer width up to 10 mm and angle adjustment from 15°-45°, sized for heavy chamfers on panels and steel beams for welding. The difference is in purpose: the KFM 100 K is a quick finishing tool for removing burrs and edges on finished parts; the KFM 200 M is a preparation machine for welding seams in heavy fabrication. For most workshops, the KFM 100 K is the right tool for daily deburring; the KFM 200 M only makes sense if V-chamfers for welding on steel thicker than 6-8 mm are regularly performed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Weighing 3.5 kg, it is shipped in a carrying case and can be handled and used by one person. Original Bernardo TiN inserts, grinding wheels, and spare accessories are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KFM 100 K for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful tool for those who regularly work with metals and need to remove cutting burrs. For occasional use (a few operations per month), it may be oversized: consider economical handheld chamfering machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop \/ Blacksmith\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor quick deburring, chamfering edges on cut parts, post-welding finishing. TiN-coated inserts cover most metal materials. Suitable for daily artisanal use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy fabrication \/ Welding preparation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor deep V-chamfers (over 4 mm) for welding on thick steel, consider the KFM 200 M with a chamfer width up to 10 mm and angular adjustment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e deep chamfers over 4 mm wide (consider KFM 200 M); preparing welding seams on steel over 6-8 mm thick (KFM 200 M); working on internal radii smaller than 20 mm (requires smaller milling cutters).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChamfering Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous, 0.1 mm increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum workable internal radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCutter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTiN-coated carbide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower Supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – 50Hz – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine Dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 × 190 × 140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e45° milling head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiN-coated carbide inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSide handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set for insert changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can I use the KFM 100 K on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steel, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, copper, engineering plastics. TiN inserts are suitable for all typical ferrous and non-ferrous metals used in fabrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTiN (titanium nitride) coated carbide inserts have significantly longer life than standard HSS inserts and maintain their edge at high operating temperatures. For stainless steel and high-strength steels, the feed rate should be reduced to avoid overheating the insert. For exclusive applications on special materials (titanium, nickel alloys), consult Krollit for dedicated inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long do TiN inserts last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn artisanal use, TiN inserts last from 200 to 500 linear meters of chamfering on mild steel before requiring rotation (they are reversible) or replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual life depends on the material being worked (stainless steel accelerates wear), the set chamfer thickness (4 mm wears faster than 1 mm), and the feed rate. Original Bernardo replacement TiN inserts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. For workshops with intensive use, it is advisable to keep at least a stock of inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between KFM 100 K and KFM 200 M?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KFM 100 K is a circular handheld chamfering machine, chamfer up to 4 mm, fixed 45° angle, weight 3.5 kg. The KFM 200 M is a 200 mm linear guide chamfering machine, chamfer up to 10 mm, adjustable angle 15°-45°, weight 11 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two machines address different needs. The KFM 100 K is a finishing tool: fast, lightweight, for deburring and small chamfers. The KFM 200 M is a preparation machine: it operates on panels and beams following a linear guide, for deep chamfers typical of welding seam preparation. For general workshops with predominantly finishing chamfering, the KFM 100 K is the right choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I work on internal radii with the KFM 100 K?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, up to a minimum internal radius of 20 mm. For narrower radii, the geometry of the milling head cannot access, and unworked residue will form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ability to work on internal radii distinguishes the KFM 100 K from fixed bench chamfering machines. The 20 mm limit covers the vast majority of metal fabrication parts with internal angles or curves. For chamfering on internal radii smaller than 20 mm, dedicated end mills mounted on pneumatic or electric rotary tools are required, not chamfering machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 720 W motor sufficient for continuous use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for artisanal-daily use. For continuous industrial cycles (over 4 hours a day), evaluate the thermal management of the motor with adequate breaks for heat dissipation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 720 W is sized for intensive intermittent use. The motor can reach high temperatures during prolonged continuous use, a condition that reduces the tool's lifespan. For workshops with high daily use, it is recommended to organize work with cooling breaks or consider chamfering machines with cooled motors sized for industrial cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693021204808,"sku":"05-1646","price":250.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KFM_100_K_Smussatrice_circolare_compatta_45.jpg?v=1757489170"},{"product_id":"smussatrici-bernardo-kfm-200m-400v","title":"Bernardo KFM 200 M Portable Chamfering Machine – 400V, chamfer up to 10 mm, angle 15°-45°","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 200 M portable chamfering machine offers a chamfer width of up to 10 mm at 45°, angle adjustment from 15°-45°, a 200 mm guide rail for linear stability, and a 0.55 kW three-phase 400V motor with a speed of 2,800 rpm. It is designed for preparing weld seams on steel panels, beams, and profiles with 90° surfaces. Weight: 11 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer width at 45°:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer angle adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15° – 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuide rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KFM 200 M and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 200 M \/ 400V is a professional portable chamfering machine for preparing weld seams on steel panels, structural beams, and profiles with 90° surfaces. The 200 mm linear guide rail ensures that the milling head slides stably and repeatably, producing uniform chamfers over long lengths without the undulations or variations typical of free-hand chamfering machines. The 15°-45° angle adjustment allows the chamfer geometry to be adapted to the required welding type: open angles for full penetration welding, closed angles for filler welds. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by heavy metal fabricators, steel structure construction workshops, shipyards, and repair shops that require precise chamfers on workpieces up to 10 mm effective width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KFM 200 M is available in both a 400V three-phase version (this model) and a 230V single-phase version. The specifications are identical: only the power supply changes. The 400V version is preferable for continuous professional use due to the more consistent motor torque; the 230V version is the only choice for workshops without a three-phase line. In the Bernardo chamfering machine range, the KFM 200 M occupies the professional segment for preparing weld seams on light-to-medium fabrication. Below it is the KFM 100 K (free-hand, chamfer up to 4 mm) for quick finishing; above it are industrial chamfering machines with chamfer widths over 15 mm and guide rails up to 500 mm. For most fabrication workshops that do regular welding, the KFM 200 M is the standard preparation machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). At 11 kg, it is shipped in a carrying case and can be handled by one person. Original Bernardo spare inserts, grinding wheels, and accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the KFM 200 M is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine sized for professional weld preparation use. Cost and 400V three-phase power make it unsuitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabricator \/ professional welder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer up to 10 mm at 45° with adjustable angle is sized for standard weld seam preparation. Guide rail ensures repeatability.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial fabrication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor chamfers over 10 mm effective width or guide rails over 200 mm, consider industrial chamfering machines with extended travel and more powerful motors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e chamfers under 1 mm width (the machine is sized for weld preparation chamfers, not for fine finishing; consider KFM 100 K); workpieces with curved surfaces or angles not at 90° (require free-hand chamfering machines); workshops without a 400V three-phase line (choose KFM 200 M \/ 230V).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChamfering capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer width at 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer angle adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide rail length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and motor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370 × 250 × 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e200 mm guide rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMilling head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarbide inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I make chamfers wider than 10 mm in multiple passes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn theory, yes, but alignment between consecutive passes is critical and produces visually irregular results. For chamfers over 10 mm, consider industrial chamfering machines with a higher nominal width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe precision of the 200 mm guide rail is optimized for a single pass up to 10 mm. Multiple passes require manual realignment which rarely produces coincident results without micro-steps. For shipyards and heavy fabrication with wide weld seams, industrial chamfering machines with a nominal width of up to 25-30 mm in a single pass are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 15°-45° angle adjustment cover all types of welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt covers the vast majority of standard welds: V at 60° (30°×2 chamfer), X at 60° (30°×2 double-sided chamfer), Y, K. For special welds with particular angles, verify the required geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChamfer angles of 30°-37.5° (achieved with 30°-37.5° adjustments on one side) are the most common for structural welding of standard steels. Narrow-groove welds (angles below 15°) or open-groove welds (angles above 45°) require specialized equipment or processing with specific milling cutters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between KFM 200 M \/ 400V and \/ 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are identical except for the power supply: 400V three-phase vs 230V single-phase. Same chamfer specifications, weight, dimensions, 0.55 kW motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 400V three-phase version has more consistent motor torque in prolonged use and handles heat better in intensive cycles. The 230V single-phase version is the choice for workshops without a three-phase line: nearly identical performance on intermittent use. For workshops that have both lines available, the 400V is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I also work on curved surfaces?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The 200 mm guide rail is designed for flat 90° surfaces. On curved surfaces, the machine does not slide uniformly, and the chamfer will be irregular.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor working on curved surfaces (vessels, tanks, tubular profiles), free-hand chamfering machines like the KFM 100 K are necessary, where the operator manually controls the pressure and feed speed. The KFM 200 M is specifically designed for panels and beams with constant cross-section and flat surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long do carbide inserts last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional weld seam preparation use, inserts last from 100 to 300 linear meters of chamfering on mild steel before rotation or replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDurability depends on chamfer thickness (10 mm consumes 3-4 times faster than 3 mm), material (stainless steel reduces durability by 40-50%), and feed speed. For sites with intensive use, it is advisable to keep a stock of inserts. Original Bernardo spare inserts are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693022024008,"sku":"05-1632","price":640.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KFM_200_M_Smussatrice_portatile_400_V_compatta_ed_ergonomica.jpg?v=1757488697"},{"product_id":"bernardo-kfm-200m-smussatrice-portatile","title":"Bernardo KFM 200 M Portable Chamfering Machine – 230V, chamfer up to 10 mm, angle 15°-45°","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 200 M \/ 230V portable chamfering machine offers a chamfer width of up to 10 mm at 45°, angle adjustment from 15°-45°, a 200 mm guide rail, a 0.55 kW single-phase 230V motor, and a speed of 2,800 rpm. This is the single-phase version of the KFM 200 M, identical in performance to the 400V three-phase version except for the power supply. Designed for weld seam preparation. Weight 11 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer width at 45°:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer angle adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15° – 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuide rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KFM 200 M and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 200 M \/ 230V is the single-phase version of the professional portable chamfering machine for workshops without a 400V three-phase line. The technical specifications are identical to the 400V three-phase version: chamfer width up to 10 mm at 45°, adjustable angle 15°-45°, 200 mm guide rail. The 0.55 kW single-phase motor is functionally equivalent to the three-phase for intermittent use and moderate duration cycles; for prolonged continuous use, the three-phase version maintains torque better. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by small and artisanal metalworking shops with only a 230V single-phase line that need to prepare weld seams on steel panels and beams up to 10 mm effective chamfer width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KFM 200 M \/ 230V shares everything with the KFM 200 M \/ 400V except the power supply type. Same milling head, same guide rail, same weight (11 kg), same chamfering capabilities. The choice between the two versions is dictated exclusively by the electrical system available in the workshop: with a 400V three-phase line, the three-phase version is preferable for continuous use; with only a 230V single-phase supply, this version is the only one that can be installed. Below the KFM 200 M, the Bernardo chamfering machine range offers the KFM 100 K for finishing chamfers on small radii; above it are industrial chamfering machines with chamfer widths over 15 mm for heavy metalwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Weighing 11 kg, it is shipped in a carrying case and can be handled by one person. Original Bernardo spare inserts, grinding wheels, and accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KFM 200 M for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine sized for professional weld preparation use. Even in the 230V version, the cost and 11 kg weight make it unsuitable for occasional hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisanal metalworking shop \/ blacksmith with only 230V line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase version for workshops without a three-phase line. Same capabilities as the 400V version for intermittent use: chamfer up to 10 mm with angle adjustment 15°-45°.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetalworking shop with intensive continuous use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor prolonged continuous cycles (over 4 hours daily), the 400V three-phase version maintains torque better. If three-phase is available, it is preferable to choose it.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e chamfers under 1 mm width (consider KFM 100 K); pieces with curved surfaces or angles not at 90°; prolonged industrial continuous use (prefer the KFM 200 M \/ 400V three-phase).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChamfering capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer width at 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer angle adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide rail length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and motor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – 50Hz – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370 × 250 × 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e200 mm guide rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMilling head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarbide inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work on a standard 230V household outlet?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 0.55 kW single-phase motor requires a standard 16A outlet. The power draw is manageable by a standard household\/artisan meter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 0.55 kW motor draws peak currents of 1-1.2 kW, which can be handled by a standard 3 kW household meter. For prolonged continuous use, the average consumption remains well below the tripping threshold of a standard circuit breaker. For workshops with other machines running simultaneously, check the available power of the meter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the performance the same as the 400V three-phase version?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intermittent use, yes. For prolonged continuous use (over 4 hours), the three-phase version maintains motor torque better and manages heat more effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe practical difference between single-phase and three-phase at this power level is limited. For artisanal and construction site use, the 230V version offers more than adequate performance. Only for continuous industrial cycles on hard steels does the difference become noticeable, with the three-phase reducing the frequency of cooling breaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I convert the 230V to 400V later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the motor is dedicated. To switch from single-phase to three-phase, you need to replace the machine with the 400V version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe single-phase and three-phase motors are completely different units, not interchangeable. The choice of version must be made based on the electrical system available at the time of purchase. If the workshop is undergoing electrical renovation with future installation of a three-phase line, it may be convenient to wait and purchase the three-phase version, which is more suitable for intensive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply is required for an extension cord?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor extension cords longer than 5 meters, use a cable with a minimum cross-section of 2.5 mm² to avoid voltage drops. For long extension cords (over 20 meters), consider a 4 mm² cross-section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KFM 200 M \/ 230V with a starting current draw of 1.2 kW requires correctly sized extension cords to avoid voltage drops that would reduce motor torque. Thin (1-1.5 mm²) coiled extension cords typical of construction sites are not suitable for prolonged use of this machine: they cause cable overheating and performance loss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh with the carrying case?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e11 kg net without the case, approximately 13-14 kg with the carrying case. Manageable by one person for movement around a construction site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 11 kg weight is the working weight: the operator holds the machine with two hands during use. The carrying case makes it practical to move between construction sites. For sites with frequent transfers between work points, the KFM 200 M is sized to be easily carried by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693024645448,"sku":"05-16320","price":640.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KFM_200_M_Smussatrice_portatile_compatta_ed_ergonomica.jpg?v=1757433587"},{"product_id":"raccoglitore-di-polvere-modello-d-con-msa-500-di-aspirazione","title":"Bernardo D Model Stand with MSA 500 Dust Collector – flow rate 1,275 m³\/h, 0.37 kW 400V motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Model D base with MSA 500 extraction system offers an air flow of 1,275 m³\/h, a 0.37 kW, 400V three-phase motor, a statically and dynamically balanced steel fan, double internal Ø 35 mm nozzles, double external Ø 50 mm nozzles, an integrated chip collection tray, a water tank for workpiece cooling, a support surface of 400×285 mm, a total height of 810 mm, and a weight of 50 kg. Suitable for technical extraction of metallic dust and chips from sanding and grinding operations. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,275 m³\/h\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.37 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × Ø 35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × Ø 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 × 285 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChip collection tray:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Model D with MSA 500 extraction system and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Model D base with MSA 500 system is an integrated solution for workshops that work with belt sanders and bench grinders. It combines three functions in a single structure: machine support (400×285 mm support surface), metallic dust extraction (1,275 m³\/h), chip collection, and workpiece cooling via an integrated water tank. The statically and dynamically balanced steel fan ensures smooth operation and reduced noise. The double internal Ø 35 mm nozzles and double external Ø 50 mm nozzles allow simultaneous connection of two extraction points, a solution suitable for double-wheel grinders that produce dust from both sides. The integrated water tank for workpiece cooling improves surface quality and reduces the risk of thermal deformation during prolonged sanding. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by mechanical workshops, artisanal grinding shops, blacksmiths, and sharpening workshops looking for a complete and self-aspirating workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Model D base with MSA 500 is an integrated solution, distinct from the standalone extractors in the Bernardo range. Above it, as independent extractors, the range offers MSA 300 (870 m³\/h, 230V single-phase, single Ø 100 mm connection), MSA 750 (1,100 m³\/h, 400V, double Ø 100 mm connection), MSA 1500 (1,500 m³\/h, 400V, double Ø 100 mm connection). The practical difference: standalone MSAs connect via flexible hoses to separate machines, while the Model D base directly integrates machine support and extraction. The Model D has a flow rate of 1,275 m³\/h, intermediate between MSA 750 and MSA 1500, but with smaller connections (Ø 35 and Ø 50 mm vs. Ø 100 mm of the MSAs): it is optimized for grinders and sanders, not for large machines requiring Ø 100 mm. For workshops with a single bench grinder, the integrated solution is more ergonomic; for facilities with multiple machines, standalone MSAs are more flexible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). At 50 kg, it can be moved by one person or two with care. Nozzles, fan spare parts, and original Bernardo accessories available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Model D with MSA 500 extraction system for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInteresting integrated solution for advanced hobby use. 400V three-phase required, and for occasional use, single-phase MSAs (MSA 300 at 230V) may be more practical.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with bench grinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete workstation: machine support + extraction + workpiece cooling. Ergonomic for daily use, reduces airborne dust in the workshop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSharpening \/ metalworking workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated water tank for workpiece cooling is a useful feature in sharpening: it improves finish and reduces overheating of cutting edges.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e machines with Ø 100 mm extraction connections (standalone MSAs are correctly sized); workshops without a 400V three-phase line (consider MSA 300 at 230V single-phase); industrial production with large volumes of dust (1,275 m³\/h capacity may be insufficient, consider MSA 1500 at 1,500 m³\/h).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eExtraction capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir flow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,275 m³\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal nozzles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × Ø 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal nozzles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × Ø 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.37 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIntegrated functions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 285 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChip collection tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated large capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated for workpiece cooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStatically and dynamically balanced steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel D base with MSA 500 extraction system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalanced steel centrifugal fan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated chip collection tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater tank for cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTechnical user manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it as an external extractor for other machines?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheoretically yes, by connecting it via a flexible hose, but the Ø 35 and Ø 50 mm nozzles are different sizes from industrial standards (Ø 100 mm is typical). Custom adapters would be needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Model D is optimized for integrated use with the machine resting on it. For external extraction on machines with Ø 100 mm nozzles, the standalone extractors in the MSA range are correctly sized. The advantage of the Model D is precisely its integration, not the flexibility of external connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of machines can be placed on the base?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelt sanders and bench grinders of standard dimensions (machine surface within 400×285 mm). For larger machines, dedicated bases or custom supports are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard Bernardo bench grinders (SE, DSM range) have base dimensions compatible with the 400×285 mm surface of the Model D. For machines of other brands, check the base dimensions before purchasing. The base is designed for stable positioning of the machine above the extraction system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the water tank for cooling really useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, in sharpening and prolonged sanding operations. Water reduces the temperature of the workpiece, preventing overheating of the cutting edge (in sharpening) or thermal deformation (in sanding).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater cooling is a standard technique for sharpening HSS or carbide cutting edges: without cooling, the heat generated by friction reduces the hardness of the material and accelerates wear of the cutting edge. For coarse sanding only, the water tank may not be necessary; for precision sharpening, it is important.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the 0.37 kW motor consume?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeing a small motor, consumption is minimal: typically 0.3-0.4 kWh per hour of operation. For continuous use for an entire shift (8 hours), total consumption is about 2.5-3 kWh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrical consumption of the Model D is practically negligible compared to the main machines in the workshop. 400V three-phase is mandatory: the motor is not interchangeable with single-phase motors. For workshops without a three-phase line, this is the main constraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the balanced fan really different from a standard one?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A statically and dynamically balanced fan does not generate vibrations during rotation, reducing noise, bearing wear, and vibration transmission to the machine above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBalancing is a quality construction feature that distinguishes industrial fans from economic ones. On a base that supports a processing machine, an unbalanced fan would transmit vibrations that would worsen the finish of the machined part. Bernardo balancing is a choice for multi-year durability without maintenance interventions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693139988808,"sku":"56-1046","price":1046.24,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/1-28.jpg?v=1750067638"},{"product_id":"bernardo-aspiratore-di-polveri-msa-1500","title":"Bernardo MSA 1500 dust collector - capacity 1,500 m³\/h, twin port Ø 100 mm, 1.5 kW 400V motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MSA 1500 dust extractor offers an airflow of 1,500 m³\/h, a double Ø 100 mm connection for simultaneous hook-up of multiple machines, a 1.5 kW 400V three-phase motor, a statically and dynamically balanced steel fan, a filter bag plus 2 fine dust filters, a chip collection container, a trolley with handles for transport, and scratch-resistant powder coating. Dimensions 860×680×770 mm, weight 72 kg. Top of the range among MSA extractors for industrial workshops. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAirflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,500 m³\/h\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuction connections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × Ø 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Filter bag + 2 fine dust filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChip container:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removable, large capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated trolley with handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MSA 1500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MSA 1500 is the top-of-the-range dust extractor in the MSA family, sized for industrial workshops with intensive extraction needs. The 1,500 m³\/h airflow and double Ø 100 mm connection allow simultaneous hook-up to two professional machines (bench grinders, belt sanders, circular saws, large sanders), maintaining adequate extraction performance on both. The three-stage filtration (main filter bag + 2 fine dust filters) returns purified air to the environment, preventing the dispersion of fine dust typical of metalworking. The integrated trolley with handles facilitates repositioning in the workshop, a useful feature for flexible use of the extractor between different workstations. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, professional blacksmiths with intensive use, high-volume grinding and sharpening, and laboratories requiring high-capacity extraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the Bernardo MSA extractor range, the MSA 1500 is the top model for airflow and capacity. Below it: MSA 750 (airflow 1,100 m³\/h, 0.75 kW motor, weight 36 kg) for workshops with intermediate needs; MSA 300 (airflow 870 m³\/h, 0.75 kW 230V single-phase motor, weight 15.6 kg) for entry-level use or workshops without three-phase power. The practical difference between MSA 1500 vs MSA 750: 400 m³\/h more airflow and double the motor power (1.5 kW vs 0.75 kW), with double the weight (72 vs 36 kg). For continuous intensive use, the MSA 1500 is correctly sized; for intermittent artisanal use, the MSA 750 is sufficient at a lower cost. The three filtration stages (bag + 2 fine filters) are an exclusive feature of the 1500 in the standalone range, making it suitable for machining hard metals or materials that produce fine dust (aluminum, cast iron, alloys with toxic components).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). At 72 kg, it can be moved with the integrated trolley or by two people. Replacement filters (main bag and fine dust filters) and original Bernardo accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the MSA 1500 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial extractor sized for professional use. For occasional hobby use, the MSA 300 (230V single-phase) is more practical and less expensive.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble Ø 100 mm connection allows simultaneous hook-up of two professional machines. 3-stage filtration handles fine dust from intensive machining.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with continuous use \/ production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor daily intensive work cycles, the 1,500 m³\/h airflow maintains effective extraction on two machines in simultaneous use. Integrated trolley facilitates repositioning.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops with only a 230V single-phase line (the MSA 300 is the correct choice); machines with suction connections other than Ø 100 mm (check adapters); exclusively punctual use on a single machine (the MSA 750 with 1,100 m³\/h airflow is sufficient at a lower cost).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuction capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 m³\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × Ø 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFiltration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain filter bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine dust filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStatically and dynamically balanced steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e860 × 680 × 770 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaint finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScratch and impact-resistant powder coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTransport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrolley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated with handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MSA 1500 extractor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain filter bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 fine dust filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChip collection container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrolley with wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransport handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I connect two machines simultaneously to the two connections?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Ø 100 mm connections are sized for simultaneous hook-up of two machines, with a total airflow of 1,500 m³\/h distributed between the two inlets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAirflow distribution depends on the connecting hoses and the internal resistance of the connected machines. For two similar machines, the airflow is divided approximately equally (700-750 m³\/h per machine). For different machines, the machine with lower resistance receives more airflow. For applications where maximum airflow is needed on a single machine, it is recommended to close the second connection with a dedicated cap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long do the fine dust filters last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn standard industrial use, fine dust filters last 200-500 operating hours before requiring replacement. Frequency depends on the type of processing (hard metals consume filters more quickly than wood or plastic).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sign that it's time to replace the filters is a noticeable reduction in suction capacity: the extractor continues to run but dust is not effectively captured. Original Bernardo replacement filters are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. For workshops with intensive use, it is advisable to keep a stock of filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does 'statically and dynamically balanced fan' mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt means that the fan rotor is balanced so that it does not generate vibrations during rotation. This reduces noise, bearing wear, and vibration transmission to the structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBalancing is a quality manufacturing feature: low-end industrial fans are not balanced and produce vibrations that reduce operating life. On an extractor in continuous use, vibrations translate into increased maintenance, bearing replacement, and environmental noise. Bernardo's balancing offers smooth operation for many years without specific interventions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it for woodworking as well as metalworking?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is compatible with wood dust, MDF, plastic, as well as metal. The 3-stage filtration handles various types of particulate matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MSA 1500 is designed as a general-purpose industrial extractor: it works on any solid waste material (dust, chips, shavings) that enters through the Ø 100 mm connections. For woodworking, the 1,500 m³\/h airflow is sized for medium-to-large machines (combination machine, circular saw). For mixed metal-wood workshops, it is a versatile solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the 1.5 kW motor consume?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1.5 kW motor typically draws 1.5-1.7 kWh per hour during continuous operation. For daily use with 4-6 hour cycles, the average consumption is 6-10 kWh per day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe consumption is manageable by standard industrial panels. Three-phase 400V is mandatory. For workshops with other machines running simultaneously, check the available power from the meter. For intermittent use with frequent on and off cycles, the 1.5 kW motor is sized for repeated cycles without thermal issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693141070152,"sku":"56-1086","price":1074.86,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MSA_1500_Aspiratore_di_polveri_professionale_con_carrello.jpg?v=1758633323"},{"product_id":"bernardo-aspiratore-di-polvere-msa-750","title":"Dust extractor Bernardo MSA 750 – capacity 1,100 m³\/h, double connection Ø 100 mm, motor 0.75 kW 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MSA 750 dust collector offers an airflow of 1,100 m³\/h, a double Ø 100 mm connection for simultaneous connection of multiple machines, a 0.75 kW 400V three-phase motor, statically and dynamically balanced steel impellers, a front pull-out drawer for chip collection, a filter bag, transport handles, and scratch-resistant powder coating. Dimensions are 570×490×1,180 mm (940×490×1,180 mm with bag), weight 36 kg. Suitable for mechanical workshops and metalworking companies with intermediate requirements. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAirflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,100 m³\/h\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuction connections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × Ø 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.75 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChip drawer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front pull-out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilter bag:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Scratch- and impact-resistant powder coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MSA 750 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MSA 750 is the intermediate dust collector in the MSA family, sized for standard mechanical workshops with regular but not intensive extraction needs. The 1,100 m³\/h airflow is sufficient for one professional machine (grinder, sander, saw) with optimal results, or for two machines with intermediate performance connected to the two Ø 100 mm connections. The front pull-out drawer is the key ergonomic feature: emptying is quick without having to move the dust collector or disassemble components. Its 36 kg weight (half that of the MSA 1500) makes it transportable by one person, and the integrated handles facilitate repositioning. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the most frequent choice among MSA dust collectors for medium-sized workshops, artisan blacksmiths, grinding operations, and maintenance departments looking for a professional dust collector that balances airflow, footprint, and price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MSA 750 occupies the intermediate range of Bernardo MSA dust collectors. Above it is the MSA 1500 (1,500 m³\/h, 1.5 kW, weight 72 kg) for intensive industrial use; below it is the MSA 300 (870 m³\/h, 0.75 kW at 230V single-phase, weight 15.6 kg) for entry-level use or workshops without three-phase power. The choice between MSA 750 and MSA 1500 depends on the number of machines connected simultaneously and the intensity of use. For a single machine or two alternating machines, the MSA 750 is correctly sized. For two machines in continuous simultaneous use, the MSA 1500 maintains performance better. The key difference with the MSA 300: the MSA 750 has 400V three-phase power (vs 230V single-phase) and a double connection (vs single), offering superior performance in continuous use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). At 36 kg, it can be moved by one person or transported on site. Replacement filter bags and original Bernardo accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the MSA 750 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional dust collector for advanced use. For strictly hobbyist use, the 230V single-phase MSA 300 might be more practical (does not require three-phase).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost frequent choice among MSA dust collectors. Double Ø 100 mm connection handles two standard machines. Front pull-out drawer speeds up maintenance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlacksmith \/ artisan grinding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,100 m³\/h airflow adequate for standard bench grinders and belt sanders. 36 kg weight facilitates repositioning in the workshop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops with only 230V single-phase power (the MSA 300 is the correct choice); continuous intensive simultaneous use on two machines (the MSA 1500 maintains performance better); very fine dusts requiring 3-stage filtration (the MSA 1500 has additional filters for fine dusts).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuction capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,100 m³\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × Ø 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFiltration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilter bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImpellers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStatically and dynamically balanced steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChip drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront pull-out\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions without bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 × 490 × 1,180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions with bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e940 × 490 × 1,180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScratch- and impact-resistant powder coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MSA 750 dust collector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull-out chip drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransport handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it worth the price difference compared to the MSA 300?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if the workshop has a 400V three-phase line and uses two machines simultaneously. The MSA 300 has lower airflow (870 m³\/h vs 1,100), a single connection, and operates on 230V single-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MSA 750 is sized for continuous professional use: its three-phase motor maintains constant torque during prolonged cycles, the double connection handles two machines, and the front drawer speeds up maintenance. The MSA 300 is more economical and ergonomic for entry-level use, but for regular production, the MSA 750 repays the difference with superior performance and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the front pull-out drawer really practical?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Chips are emptied by pulling out the drawer from the front without having to move the dust collector or disassemble the main filter bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the MSA 1500 and MSA 300, emptying requires disassembling components or tilting the container: a less quick and messier operation. The MSA 750's front drawer is an ergonomic feature designed for continuous use where emptying frequency is high. It reduces maintenance time and operator exposure to dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow often does the drawer typically need to be emptied?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the intensity of use and the amount of chips produced. For standard daily use, typically every 3-5 days. For intensive use on materials that produce many chips (wood, aluminum), it can be daily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chip drawer has adequate capacity for standard daily use. For continuous intensive use, it is advisable to check the fill level at the end of each shift: a full drawer reduces suction capacity and can cause dust backflow. A regularly emptied drawer maintains the dust collector's nominal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the 0.75 kW motor consume?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 0.75 kW motor typically consumes 0.75-0.85 kWh per hour during continuous operation. For daily use with 4-6 hour cycles, the average consumption is 3-5 kWh per day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectricity consumption is low compared to the workshop's main machines. 400V three-phase is mandatory: the motor is not interchangeable with single-phase motors. For workshops with prolonged dust collector use (full shift), it is recommended to check the available power of the meter, considering the main machines operating simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I transport it to a construction site?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Its 36 kg weight and integrated handles make it transportable over short distances. For longer movements (e.g., loading into a van), two people or a pallet truck are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MSA 750 is one of the few industrial dust collectors in the range that maintains reasonable portability. The scratch-resistant paint withstands typical impacts during transport to a construction site. For predominantly on-site use, also consider the MSA 300 (15.6 kg, 230V single-phase), which is even more portable and does not require three-phase power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693144871240,"sku":"56-1085","price":879.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MSA_750_Aspiratore_di_polvere_1100_m_h.jpg?v=1758633018"},{"product_id":"bernardo-raccoglitore-polvere-msa-300","title":"Bernardo Dust Extractor MSA 300 - airflow 870 m³\/h, connection Ø 100 mm, motor 0.75 kW 230V single-phase","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MSA 300 dust extractor offers an airflow of 870 m³\/h, a single Ø 100 mm connection, an outlet diameter of Ø 112 mm, a 0.75 kW 230V single-phase motor, a statically and dynamically balanced steel fan, an included filter bag, an integrated mounting bracket for wall or machine attachment, and scratch-resistant powder coating. Dimensions are 430×400×420 mm (430×400×780 mm with bag), weight 15.6 kg. Compact and lightweight entry-level extractor. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAirflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 870 m³\/h\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInlet connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 100 mm single\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutlet diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 112 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.75 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting bracket:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilter bag:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15.6 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MSA 300 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MSA 300 is the entry-level dust extractor in the MSA family, sized for small artisan workshops with single-machine extraction needs. Its 15.6 kg weight and 230V single-phase power supply make it the most accessible and flexible choice in the range: it does not require a 400V three-phase line, can be used in any civil workshop, and is easily transportable by one person. The integrated mounting bracket allows direct attachment to a wall or machine, a useful solution in workshops with limited space. The single Ø 100 mm connection links one machine at a time, with an 870 m³\/h airflow sized for bench grinders, standard belt sanders, and sharpeners. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by advanced metal hobbyists, small artisan workshops, blacksmiths with a single workstation, and workshops without a three-phase line looking for a professional extraction solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MSA 300 is the entry-level model in the Bernardo MSA extractor range, the only one in a 230V single-phase version. Above it are the MSA 750 (1,100 m³\/h, 400V three-phase, dual connection, weight 36 kg) for intermediate professional use; and the MSA 1500 (1,500 m³\/h, 400V three-phase, dual connection, 3-stage filtration, weight 72 kg) for intensive industrial use. The key difference of the MSA 300 is its flexibility: 230V single-phase power supply (compatible with any civil socket), reduced weight, integrated mounting bracket. The trade-offs: lower airflow (870 vs 1,100 vs 1,500), single connection (vs dual), no front drawer (vs MSA 750) or fine dust filters (vs MSA 1500). For workshops with a single machine and intermittent use, the MSA 300 is correctly sized. For continuous use or dual connection, upgrade to the MSA 750. For intensive industrial use, the MSA 1500.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). At 15.6 kg, it is shipped in a single protective package and easily handled by one person. Replacement filter bags and original Bernardo accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the MSA 300 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate metal hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional extractor in single-phase 230V version: compatible with any home workshop. Integrated bracket for wall mounting saves space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall artisan workshop \/ single blacksmith station\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 m³\/h airflow adequate for a bench grinder or single sander. 15.6 kg weight facilitates repositioning and maintenance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop without 400V three-phase line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOnly choice in the MSA range in 230V single-phase version. For workshops without three-phase, it is the available professional extraction solution.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e simultaneous use on two machines (single connection, consider MSA 750 with dual connection); intensive continuous production (870 m³\/h airflow may be insufficient, consider MSA 750 or MSA 1500); very fine dusts requiring 3-stage filtration (MSA 1500).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuction capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 m³\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInlet connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm single\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutlet diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 112 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – 50Hz – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFiltration and fan\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilter bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStatically and dynamically balanced steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions without bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 × 400 × 420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions with bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 × 400 × 780 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaintwork\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScratch and impact-resistant powder coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MSA 300 extractor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn\/Off switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRound\/square adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it really work on any standard 230V household outlet?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 0.75 kW motor draws peak currents manageable by a standard 3 kW civil meter. It works on a standard 16A socket without the need for an industrial line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MSA 300 is designed as a semi-professional extractor that combines industrial performance with domestic compatibility. For workshops with other machines running simultaneously, check the total power: the MSA 300 alone is manageable, but added to a bench grinder, it could approach the meter's limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the mounting bracket really practical?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for workshops with limited space. It allows the extractor to be fixed to the wall or the structure of the serviced machine, freeing up floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall mounting is useful for fixed bench grinders: the extractor always remains close to the work point without cluttering. Fixing requires wall plugs appropriate for the wall (standard concrete is optimal; for plasterboard walls or light masonry, specific plugs are needed). The 15.6 kg weight is manageable by standard wall brackets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the practical difference with the MSA 750?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MSA 750 has an airflow of 1,100 m³\/h (vs 870), a dual Ø 100 mm connection (vs single), a 400V three-phase motor (vs 230V single-phase), a removable front drawer (vs standard bag), and a weight of 36 kg (vs 15.6 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase line, the MSA 300 is the only choice in the range. For workshops with three-phase, the choice depends on use: single machine and intermittent use → MSA 300 (more economical and portable); two machines or continuous use → MSA 750 (superior performance). The price difference reflects the additional features of the MSA 750.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long do the filter bags last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn standard artisan use, filter bags last 100-300 operating hours before requiring replacement. This depends on the type of processing (fine dusts consume them more quickly).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sign for replacement is a noticeable reduction in suction capacity. Original Bernardo filter bags are made of durable industrial fabric with good filtration efficiency for standard dusts. For very fine dusts (aluminum, pulverized cast iron), the MSA 300 with a single bag is not correctly sized; consider the MSA 1500 with additional fine dust filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the MSA 300 for more than one machine connected in series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTechnically yes, by using a Y-connector that divides the single connection into two, but the total airflow of 870 m³\/h is divided between the two outlets (435 m³\/h each). Result: less effective suction on both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simultaneous use on two machines, the MSA 750 with its native dual connection is recommended: each machine receives approximately 550 m³\/h, more than double the solution with a Y-connector on the MSA 300. For alternate use of two machines (one at a time), the MSA 300 with a single connection is sufficient: you disconnect from one and connect to the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693147459912,"sku":"56-1087","price":469.71,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MSA_300_Aspiratore_di_polvere_compatto_per_officina.jpg?v=1758632074"},{"product_id":"seghe-a-nastro-bernardo-hbs-275-vario-400v","title":"Bernardo HBS 275 Vario Horizontal Bandsaw – 400V, cast iron frame, 90° cutting capacity Ø 225 mm, variable speed 20-90 m\/min","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HBS 275 Vario \/ 400V horizontal band saw offers a round cutting capacity of 225 mm at 90° and 100 mm at 60°, square cutting of 200×200 mm at 90°, flat cutting of 245×150 mm, a solid cast iron frame, an arm inclinable up to 60°, continuously variable cutting speed of 20-90 m\/min, a 1.5 kW motor (S1 100%) at 400V three-phase, a blade of 2,480×27×0.9 mm, a quick-release cast iron vice, a hydraulic cylinder for progressive descent, a 100 W cooling device, and automatic shutdown at the end of the cut. Weight 200 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound cutting capacity at 90°:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 225 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare cutting capacity at 90°:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 × 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound cutting capacity at 45°:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound cutting capacity at 60°:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutting speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 – 90 m\/min continuously variable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW S1 100% – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HBS 275 Vario and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HBS 275 Vario is a horizontal band saw for precision cutting of pipes, profiles, solid materials, and non-ferrous metals. The solid cast iron frame (vs. welded sheet metal frames of entry-level saws) offers stability and vibration reduction during cutting, a critical feature for the quality of the cut finish and blade life. The continuously variable speed of 20-90 m\/min allows adaptation to the material: low speed for hard steels and stainless steel, high speed for soft metals and aluminum. The arm inclinable up to 60° handles angular cuts on pipes and profiles. The hydraulic cylinder for progressive descent (instead of free fall of the arm) controls the cutting pressure, reducing stress on the blade and improving cut quality. The 100 W cooling device and automatic shutdown at the end of the cut make the machine suitable for repetitive cuts without continuous supervision. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by metal fabricators, mechanical workshops with continuous saw use, professional blacksmiths, and metalworking shops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HBS 275 Vario is Bernardo's mid-range professional horizontal band saw. Below it is the Vario 150 T (portable band saw, 150 mm round capacity, 32 kg weight, 230V single-phase power supply) for use on construction sites or workshops without three-phase power. Above it in the Bernardo range are semi-automatic and automatic band saws with motorized feed and clamping, sized for industrial series production. The HBS 275 Vario stands out for its quality\/price ratio: professional features (cast iron frame, variable speed, hydraulic cylinder, cooling device) in a compact format suitable for medium-sized workshops. For series production on repetitive cuts, consider semi-automatic saws with hydraulic material clamping; for daily craft-industrial use, the HBS 275 Vario is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). At 200 kg, it requires a pallet jack or two careful people for unloading and handling. The steel base is included. Original Bernardo blades, blade guide bearings, and spare accessories are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the HBS 275 Vario is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate metal hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine sized for professional use. For occasional hobby use, the Vario 150 T (portable, single-phase) is more practical and less expensive.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabrication \/ mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e225 mm round and 200×200 mm square capacity cover most standard fabrication profiles. Variable speed and hydraulic cylinder offer professional cutting quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional blacksmith \/ pipe and profile processing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm inclinable up to 60° and quick-release cast iron vice speed up repetitive angular cuts. Cast iron frame provides stability for continuous daily use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e cutting rounds over 225 mm in diameter (consider higher capacity band saws); high-volume series production (consider semi-automatic or automatic saws); workshops without a 400V three-phase line (consider Vario 150 T single-phase); use on construction sites or frequent moving (the Vario 150 T is designed for portability).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCutting capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound at 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare at 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat at 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e245 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound at 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare at 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 × 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound at 60°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare at 60°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 × 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBlade and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,480 × 27 × 0.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 – 90 m\/min continuously variable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and cooling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoolant pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConstruction features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-release cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDescent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous hydraulic cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic shutdown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt end of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,430 × 720 × 1,700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo HBS 275 Vario \/ 400 V band saw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounted band blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-release cast iron vice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade tension gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkpiece fence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 W cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHydraulic cylinder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor protection switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic shutdown at end of cut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 20-90 m\/min variable speed really useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, unequivocally. Different speeds are optimal for different materials: 20-30 m\/min for stainless steel and hardened steels, 40-60 m\/min for mild steels, 70-90 m\/min for aluminum and brass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect cutting speed is critical for blade life and cut quality. Speeds that are too high on hard steels overheat the blade and reduce its life; speeds that are too low on soft metals unnecessarily extend cutting times. Continuous adjustment (vs. fixed presets) allows finding the optimal value for each specific material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the cooling device mandatory?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive cutting on hard steels, yes. The coolant reduces friction and blade temperature, extending its life and improving cut quality. For occasional cuts on soft metals, dry cutting is possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 100 W coolant pump is included in the standard equipment. The coolant (oil-water emulsion) is not supplied by Krollit but is available from standard industrial suppliers. For intensive professional use, coolant is recommended in all cases: the difference in blade life is significant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the arm truly incline up to 60° without compromise?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, but the cutting capacity is proportionally reduced. At 90° (straight cut), round Ø 225 mm; at 45°, round Ø 160 mm; at 60°, round Ø 100 mm. Capacities are declared by Bernardo for each angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArm inclination for angular cuts is a standard function of horizontal band saws. The capacity reduction is geometric: at 60°, only a smaller portion of the round is under the blade. For angular cuts on large pieces, it is necessary to consider the reduced capacities in advance. For predominantly angular cuts on large pieces, consider horizontal band saws with greater capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long do blades last in standard use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo blades typically last 50-200 hours of actual cutting depending on the material (hard steels wear more quickly). For daily artisanal use, a typical blade lasts 2-6 months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlade life depends on many factors: material cut, set speed, use of coolant, required cut quality. Original Bernardo replacement blades (2,480×27×0.9 mm) are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. For intensive use, it is advisable to keep a stock of blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the steel base really included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The base is part of the standard equipment, unlike many entry-level band saws where it must be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated base brings the saw to a working height of 910 mm, ergonomic for standing operators. For workshops with dedicated workbenches, it is possible to remove the base and install the saw directly on the bench, but the standard configuration with the base is the most ergonomic for professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693149196616,"sku":"04-1697A","price":3489.32,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Sega_a_nastro_orizzontale_HBS_275_Vario_con_velocit_variabile.jpg?v=1758727871"},{"product_id":"seghe-a-nastro-bernardo-vario-150-t","title":"Bernardo Vario 150 T portable bandsaw – 230V, die-cast aluminum frame, cutting Ø 150 mm at 90°, speed 66-85 m\/min","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Vario 150 T portable bandsaw offers round cutting capacities of Ø 150 mm at 90° and Ø 90 mm at 45°, flat cutting of 150×140 mm, a die-cast aluminum frame, a tilting arm up to 60°, variable cutting speed of 66-85 m\/min, a 2.0 kW 230V single-phase motor, a 1,735×20×0.9 mm blade, blade guide with double ball bearings, and an ergonomic handle. It operates without coolant. Weight 32 kg. Suitable for cutting hollow profiles, stainless steel, tool steels, and solid materials on construction sites and workshops without three-phase power. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound cutting capacity at 90°:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat cutting capacity at 90°:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 × 140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound cutting capacity at 45°:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutting speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66 – 85 m\/min variable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Die-cast aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Vario 150 T and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Vario 150 T is a portable bandsaw for workshops on construction sites, mobile installations, and laboratories without three-phase power. Its 32 kg weight (vs 200 kg for the HBS 275 Vario) and 230V single-phase power supply make it transportable in a van and usable at any workstation with a standard power outlet. The Ø 150 mm round cutting capacity covers most standard light carpentry profiles, and the variable speed of 66-85 m\/min allows adaptation to different materials. The die-cast aluminum frame is a design choice that balances portability (reduced weight) and rigidity (aluminum is less rigid than cast iron but well-dimensioned for the machine's capacities). Distinctive feature: it does not require coolant. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by itinerant blacksmiths, installation workshops, railway and plant maintenance personnel, and workshops without three-phase power that are looking for a professional yet portable bandsaw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vario 150 T is the portable bandsaw in the Bernardo range, complementing the stationary HBS 275 Vario. The two saws cover different needs: HBS 275 Vario (200 kg, 400V three-phase, 225 mm round capacity, cast iron frame) for daily fixed workshop use; Vario 150 T (32 kg, 230V single-phase, 150 mm round capacity, aluminum frame) for portability and workshops without three-phase power. For workshops with a single saw that work both fixed and on-site, the Vario 150 T is the right compromise. For fixed workshops with intensive daily use, the HBS 275 Vario is correctly dimensioned. Above the bandsaws in the Bernardo range are industrial models with hydraulic clamping and automatic feed, sized for series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 32 kg, it is shipped in protective packaging and easily transported by one person in a van or on a construction site. Original Bernardo replacement blades, guide bearings, and accessories are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Vario 150 T is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase compatible with any standard power outlet, 32 kg weight manageable by one person, Ø 150 mm capacity sufficient for advanced hobby use on standard profiles and tubes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItinerant blacksmith \/ installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransportable to the construction site with a weight of 32 kg. Operates without coolant, simplifying use at any workstation. Ø 150 mm capacity covers most installation profiles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop without three-phase power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe only Bernardo bandsaw in the 230V single-phase version. For workshops with only standard power supply, it is the professional choice available.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e cutting rounds over 150 mm in diameter (consider HBS 275 Vario up to Ø 225 mm); high-cadence series production in a fixed workshop (HBS 275 Vario with coolant device is correctly dimensioned); continuous intensive use on hard steels (requires coolant for blade life).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCutting capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound at 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat at 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 × 140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound at 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat at 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 × 90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBlade and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,735 × 20 × 0.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66 – 85 m\/min variable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – 50Hz – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConstruction features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDie-cast aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoolant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgonomic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 × 330 × 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Vario 150 T portable bandsaw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounted bandsaw blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkpiece fence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuous speed adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs coolant really not needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional cuts and standard materials, no. The aluminum frame dissipates the heat generated by cutting, and the contained speed (66-85 m\/min) limits blade heating. For prolonged intensive cuts on hard steels, coolant would extend blade life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe absence of coolant is a practical advantage on a construction site: no need to manage coolant fluids, containers, or cleaning residues. For typical daily artisanal use on common materials (mild steel profiles, tubes, carpentry profiles), the Vario 150 T works without problems dry. For intensive production on stainless steel or hard steels, consider the HBS 275 Vario with included coolant device.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the aluminum frame really adequate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for the machine's capacities (Ø 150 mm). Die-cast aluminum has lower rigidity than cast iron but is correctly dimensioned for the forces involved at these capacities. For higher capacities, cast iron is needed (HBS 275 Vario).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDie-cast aluminum is a specific construction choice for portability: it combines reduced weight and sufficient rigidity. Stationary saws with higher capacities use cast iron for stability under greater forces. For the Vario 150 T with Ø 150 mm capacity, aluminum is correctly dimensioned: it offers vibration-free operation and adequate cutting quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it really work on any standard 230V power outlet?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 2.0 kW motor absorbs manageable peak loads from a standard 3 kW domestic meter. It works on a standard 16A socket without the need for an industrial line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContinuous 2 kW absorption requires attention on meters shared with other machines: on a construction site, it is recommended to dedicate a line to the extractor to avoid tripping the safety switch. For standard home use, there are no problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow practical is the tilting arm on a portable saw?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical, although the operator must hold the workpiece steady during inclined cutting. The tilting arm up to 60° allows angled cuts on tubes and profiles without repositioning the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tilting of the arm requires manual adjustment. For repetitive angled cuts, it is recommended to use mechanical references (squares, stops) to ensure repeatability of angles. For series production on angled cuts, consider stationary saws with precise mechanical angle adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long do the blades last in the Vario 150 T?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout coolant, blades typically last 30-100 hours of actual cutting, depending on the material. For typical daily artisanal use, a blade lasts 1-3 months. With external (manual) coolant, durability can increase significantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe absence of coolant reduces blade life compared to saws with an integrated coolant device. For applications requiring maximum blade life, it is possible to manually apply cutting fluid before each cut or use specific lubrication pencils. Original Bernardo replacement blades (1,735×20×0.9 mm) are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693150310728,"sku":"04-1076","price":1085.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Sega_a_nastro_portatile_Vario_150_T_per_metallo.jpg?v=1758791762"},{"product_id":"bernardo-affilatrice-per-frese-emg-30","title":"Bernardo EMG 30 End Mill Grinder – 230V, end mills Ø 12-30 mm in HSS and carbide, CBN grinding wheel included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EMG 30 end mill sharpener sharpens HSS and carbide end mills with diameters 12-30 mm, 2, 3, 4, and up to 6 flute end mills (from Ø 12 mm), point angle adjustment 0°-5°, rotor speed 4,400 rpm, 0.25 kW 230V single-phase motor, CBN grinding wheel included, set of 10 ER 40 collets (12-30 mm). Heavy-duty construction with anti-vibration rubber feet, rotor with precision ball bearings. Weight 25 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSharpenable End Mill Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 – 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Flutes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4 (and 6 from Ø 12 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSS and carbide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint Angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0° – 5° adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotor Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the EMG 30 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EMG 30 is a professional end mill sharpener, sized for machine shops, mold makers, and workshops that want to reduce end mill replacement costs. Sharpening extends the useful life of end mills: a new end mill costs significantly more than sharpening, and a properly sharpened end mill performs almost identically to a new one. The 12-30 mm diameter range covers most standard end mills used in industrial milling. Compatibility with both HSS and carbide, thanks to the included CBN grinding wheel, makes the machine suitable for all types of standard end mills. The supplied set of 10 ER 40 collets (12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30 mm) covers all operating diameters without additional purchases. The rotor with precision ball bearings and anti-vibration rubber feet offer sharpening quality suitable for professional use. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by machine shops with intensive end mill use, mold makers, and CNC workshops that want to reduce tool replacement costs and maintain consistently efficient cutting edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EMG 30 is the end mill sharpener in the Bernardo range, complementing the DG 13 MD (drill bit sharpener, Ø 2-13 mm range). The difference is in purpose: DG 13 MD for twist drills, EMG 30 for end mills. The sharpening geometries are different, and each machine is optimized for its specific tool type. For workshops that use both drill bits and end mills, the two machines are complementary, not interchangeable. The EMG 30, with its 12-30 mm range and capacity for end mills with up to 6 flutes, covers most standard industrial milling cutters. For end mills outside this range (below 12 mm or above 30 mm) or for special geometries (profile cutters, variable helix end mills), universal CNC sharpeners are required, sized for specialized applications. For standard professional use, the EMG 30 is the reference solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). At 25 kg, it is shipped in protective packaging and can be easily handled by one person. Original Bernardo CBN grinding wheels, ER 40 collets, and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the EMG 30 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA tool for those who regularly sharpen their own end mills. For occasional use (a few sharpenings per month), the cost may be oversized: consider external sharpening services.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine shop with intensive end mill use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe CBN grinding wheels and 10 ER 40 collets included cover the entire 12-30 mm range. In-house sharpening drastically reduces end mill replacement costs and procurement times.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMold maker \/ CNC workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops with regular consumption of standard end mills, the EMG 30 quickly pays for itself. Durable CBN grinding wheel and 0°-5° point angle adjustment offer repeatable sharpening precision.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot indicated for:\u003c\/strong\u003e end mills outside the 12-30 mm diameter range (consider universal CNC sharpeners); end mills with special geometries (profile, variable helix); sharpening of twist drills (the DG 13 MD is dedicated); sharpening of broaches, racks, rotary tools other than end mills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSharpening capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd mill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 – 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd mill materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSS and carbide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of flutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, 3, 4 (and 6 from Ø 12 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoint angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 5° adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrinding wheel and rotor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCBN (cubic boron nitride)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotor bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – 50Hz – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConstruction features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-vibration rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 × 270 × 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCBN grinding wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 10 ER 40 collets (12 \/ 14 \/ 16 \/ 18 \/ 20 \/ 22 \/ 24 \/ 26 \/ 28 \/ 30 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eER 40 collet holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to sharpen a standard end mill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete sharpening of an HSS or carbide end mill typically takes 3-8 minutes per end mill, depending on its initial condition and the number of flutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese times are significantly less than the time it takes to purchase and receive a new end mill. For workshops with regular end mill use, the EMG 30 allows them to always maintain efficient cutting edges without relying on external suppliers. The 0°-5° point angle adjustment covers the vast majority of standard sharpening angles for industrial end mills.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the CBN grinding wheel really work on carbide?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. CBN (cubic boron nitride) is the standard grinding wheel for sharpening HSS and carbide. For carbide, diamond wheels are sometimes preferred, but CBN is adequate for routine resharpening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with predominant use on carbide, an optional diamond grinding wheel is available as an accessory, which provides optimal results on carbide. For mixed HSS-carbide use, the included CBN grinding wheel is the correct choice. Original Bernardo replacement wheels are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I sharpen end mills with 6 flutes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, but only from Ø 12 mm. For end mills under Ø 12 mm, the maximum number of sharpenable flutes is 4. This is a geometric limit: small end mills with 6 flutes have too little space between flutes for the grinding wheel to access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost commercial end mills have 2, 3, or 4 flutes. 6-flute end mills are dedicated to high-feed finishing applications, typically on diameters ≥ 12 mm. The EMG 30 is correctly sized to cover the vast majority of standard end mills.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work with a standard 230V household outlet?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 0.25 kW motor only requires a standard domestic power outlet. The power consumption is minimal, equivalent to a small appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EMG 30 is sized for benchtop use with low power consumption: it can be installed in any workshop or laboratory without the need for dedicated lines. Its compact dimensions (350×270×300 mm) and 25 kg weight allow it to be placed on a standard workbench.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much cost is saved by sharpening end mills in-house?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn-house sharpening costs a few cents (grinding wheel consumption + operator time) versus the cost of a new HSS end mill (10-50€) or carbide end mill (50-300€). The savings depend on the volume of end mill consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with regular end mill consumption (even just 5-10 end mills per month), the EMG 30 pays for itself in a few months. A standard end mill can be sharpened 5-10 times before requiring replacement, multiplying the value of the original end mill by that factor. For workshops with intensive CNC use, the annual savings can be significant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693151719752,"sku":"05-1622","price":2061.87,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_EMG_30_Affilatrice_per_frese_a_candela_12_30_mm.jpg?v=1758621885"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-cilindrica-urs-1000-n","title":"Bernardo URS 1000 N Universal Cylindrical Grinding Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 1000 N universal cylindrical grinding machine grinds externally from Ø 8 to 8–320 mm and internally from Ø 35 mm, on workpieces up to 1000 mm between centers and a maximum weight of 150 kg, with a hydrodynamic spindle, inclinable table, external grinding wheel Ø 400 × 50 × 203, and an internal grinding speed of 10,000 rpm. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum workpiece weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–220 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding wheel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 400 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the URS 1000 N and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 1000 N is a professional universal cylindrical grinding machine for the precision external and internal grinding of shafts, pins, bushings, and seats: the machine that brings surface roughness below Ra 0.4 µm and dimensional tolerance in the hundredths of a millimeter range on workpieces up to 1000 mm in length. The hydrodynamic workpiece spindle — the main differentiator compared to grinding machines with rolling bearings — guarantees constant precision even on extended cycles, because it eliminates vibrations transmitted by the bearings. The grinding head, inclinable by ±30°, allows the grinding of tapers, spherical seats, and shoulders. In Krollit customers' laboratories, it is used by precision mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and industrial maintenance centers that work on high-precision components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo URS 1000 N is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial precision grinding machine. Not suitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal and internal grinding on workpieces up to 1000 mm with hydrodynamic spindle: the choice for tolerances in the hundredths of a millimeter range on shafts and bushings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor maintenance and production of precision components in continuous cycles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workpieces over 1000 mm in length (consider a larger model); workshops without knowledge of cylindrical grinding; occasional use where a bench grinder is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter with steady rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter without steady rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. internal grinding depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+3° to −7°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1–4 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual table feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\/revolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkpiece spindle and grinding wheel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–220 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel (Ø × H × bore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 400 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1670 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding head inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Heavy precision machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit before delivery. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"hydrodynamic spindle\" mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hydrodynamic spindle supports the shaft on a film of oil instead of rolling bearings. This eliminates the micro-vibrations typical of bearings — which are transferred to the ground surface as undulations — and ensures superior dimensional repeatability. It is the standard for industrial precision grinding machines. Grinding machines with rolling bearings cost less but do not achieve the same tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dimensional accuracy can be achieved with the URS 1000 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder optimal conditions (well-balanced workpiece, correct grinding wheel, adequate coolant), the URS 1000 N achieves dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 (hundredths of a mm) and surface roughness Ra 0.2–0.4 µm. Actual precision depends on the operator, material type, and operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of grinding wheel is used for internal grinding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal grinding, the head reaches 10,000 rpm — necessary to maintain optimal peripheral speed with small diameter grinding wheels. Cylindrical grinding wheels mounted on a spindle with a diameter compatible with the bore to be ground are used. For different materials (steel, cast iron, aluminum, carbides), grinding wheels of different compositions (corundum, silicon carbide, CBN) are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs 45° grinding and taper grinding possible on the URS 1000 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The grinding head can be tilted ±30° relative to the workpiece axis, allowing the grinding of tapers, angled shoulders, and complex shapes. The table can be tilted +3° to -7° for taper grinding on long workpieces. The combination of the two inclinations covers almost all geometries required in a precision workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat coolant is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cylindrical grinding, a 3–5% water+oil emulsion or neat grinding oil is typically used, depending on the material and grinding wheel. The URS 1000 N's cooling system is integrated. Contact Krollit for details on the coolant delivery system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693158273352,"sku":"05-1382XL","price":44457.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_URS_1000_N_Smerigliatrice_cilindrica_universale_per_rettifica_interna_ed_esterna.jpg?v=1758613483"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-cilindrica-urs-1500-n","title":"Bernardo URS 1500 N Universal Cylindrical Grinding Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 1500 N universal cylindrical grinding machine grinds externally from Ø 8 to 8–320 mm and internally from Ø 35 mm, on workpieces up to 1500 mm between centers and a maximum weight of 150 kg, with a hydrodynamic spindle, tilting table, external grinding wheel Ø 400 × 50 × 203, and an internal grinding speed of 10,000 rpm. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum workpiece weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–220 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding wheel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 400 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the URS 1500 N and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 1500 N is a professional universal cylindrical grinding machine for precision external and internal grinding of shafts, pins, bushings, and seats: the machine that achieves surface roughness below Ra 0.4 µm and dimensional tolerance in the hundredths of a millimeter range on workpieces up to 1500 mm in length. The hydrodynamic workpiece spindle—the main differentiator compared to grinding machines with rolling bearings—ensures consistent precision even during extended cycles, because it eliminates vibrations transmitted by the bearings. The grinding head, inclinable by ±30°, allows grinding of tapers, spherical seats, and shoulders. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by precision mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and industrial maintenance centers that work on high-precision components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo URS 1500 N is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial precision grinding machine. Not suitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal and internal grinding on workpieces up to 1500 mm with hydrodynamic spindle: the choice for tolerances in the hundredths of a millimeter range on shafts and bushings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor maintenance and production of precision components in continuous cycle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workpieces over 1500 mm in length (consider a larger model); workshops without knowledge of cylindrical grinding; occasional use where a bench grinder is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter with steady rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter without steady rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. internal grinding depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+3° to −6°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1–4 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual table feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkpiece spindle and grinding wheel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–220 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel (Ø × H × bore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 400 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1670 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding head tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Heavy precision machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit before delivery. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"hydrodynamic spindle\" mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hydrodynamic spindle supports the shaft on an oil film instead of rolling bearings. This eliminates the micro-vibrations typical of bearings—which transfer to the ground surface as undulations—and ensures superior dimensional repeatability. It is the standard for industrial precision grinding machines. Grinding machines with rolling bearings cost less but do not achieve the same tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dimensional accuracy can be achieved with the URS 1500 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder optimal conditions (well-balanced workpiece, correct grinding wheel, adequate cooling fluid), the URS 1500 N achieves dimensional tolerances IT5–IT6 (in the hundredths of a millimeter range) and surface roughness Ra 0.2–0.4 µm. Actual precision depends on the operator, material type, and operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of grinding wheel is used for internal grinding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal grinding, the head reaches 10,000 rpm—necessary to maintain optimal peripheral speed with small-diameter grinding wheels. Cylindrical grinding wheels mounted on a spindle with a diameter compatible with the bore to be ground are used. For different materials (steel, cast iron, aluminum, carbides), grinding wheels of different compositions (corundum, silicon carbide, CBN) are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs 45° grinding and taper grinding possible on the URS 1500 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The grinding head can be tilted by ±30° relative to the workpiece axis, allowing for grinding of tapers, angled shoulders, and complex shapes. The table can be tilted from +3° to −6° for taper grinding on long workpieces. The combination of these two tilts covers almost all geometries required in a precision workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cooling fluid is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cylindrical grinding, a 3–5% water+oil emulsion or neat grinding oil is typically used, depending on the material and grinding wheel. The URS 1500 N's cooling system is integrated. Contact Krollit for details on the coolant delivery system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693159813448,"sku":"05-1383XL","price":47117.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_URS_1500_N_Smerigliatrice_cilindrica_universale_per_grandi_pezzi.jpg?v=1758613897"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-cilindrica-urs-2000-n","title":"Bernardo URS 2000 N Universal Cylindrical Grinding Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 2000 N universal cylindrical grinding machine grinds externally from Ø 8 to 8–320 mm and internally from Ø 35 mm, on workpieces up to 2000 mm between centers and with a maximum weight of 150 kg, featuring a hydrodynamic spindle, inclinable table, external grinding wheel Ø 500 × 50 × 203, and an internal grinding speed of 10,000 rpm. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum workpiece weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–220 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding wheel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 500 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the URS 2000 N and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 2000 N is a professional universal cylindrical grinding machine for precision external and internal grinding of shafts, pins, bushings, and seats: the machine that brings surface roughness below Ra 0.4 µm and dimensional tolerance to hundredths of a millimeter on workpieces up to 2000 mm in length. The hydrodynamic workpiece spindle—the main differentiator compared to grinding machines with rolling bearings—ensures constant precision even during extended cycles, as it eliminates vibrations transmitted by the bearings. The grinding head, inclinable by ±30°, allows for grinding tapers, spherical seats, and shoulders. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by precision mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and industrial maintenance centers that work with high-precision components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo URS 2000 N is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial precision grinding machine. Not suitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal and internal grinding on workpieces up to 2000 mm with hydrodynamic spindle: the choice for tolerances in the hundredths of a millimeter range on shafts and bushings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor maintenance and production of precision components in continuous cycles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workpieces over 2000 mm in length (consider a larger model); workshops without knowledge of cylindrical grinding; occasional use where a bench grinder is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter with steady rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter without steady rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. internal grinding depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+5° to −2°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1–3 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual table feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\/revolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkpiece spindle and grinding wheel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–220 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel (Ø × H × bore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 500 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1330 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding head inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Heavy precision machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit before delivery. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"hydrodynamic spindle\" mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hydrodynamic spindle supports the shaft on an oil film instead of rolling bearings. This eliminates the micro-vibrations typical of bearings—which transfer to the ground surface as undulations—and ensures superior dimensional repeatability. It is the standard for industrial precision grinding machines. Grinding machines with rolling bearings cost less but do not achieve the same tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dimensional precision can be achieved with the URS 2000 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder optimal conditions (well-balanced workpiece, correct grinding wheel, adequate coolant), the URS 2000 N achieves dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 (in the hundredths of a millimeter range) and surface roughness of Ra 0.2–0.4 µm. Actual precision depends on the operator, material type, and operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of grinding wheel is used for internal grinding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal grinding, the head reaches 10,000 rpm—necessary to maintain optimal peripheral speed with small-diameter grinding wheels. Cylindrical grinding wheels mounted on a spindle with a diameter compatible with the bore to be ground are used. For different materials (steel, cast iron, aluminum, carbides), grinding wheels of different compositions (corundum, silicon carbide, CBN) are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs 45° and taper grinding possible on the URS 2000 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The grinding head can be tilted by ±30° relative to the workpiece axis, allowing for the grinding of tapers, angled shoulders, and complex shapes. The table can be tilted from +5° to −2° for taper grinding on long workpieces. The combination of these two inclinations covers almost all geometries required in a precision workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of coolant is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cylindrical grinding, a 3–5% water+oil emulsion or neat grinding oil is typically used, depending on the material and grinding wheel. The cooling system of the URS 2000 N is integrated. Contact Krollit for details on the coolant delivery system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693162238280,"sku":"05-1384XL","price":84572.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_URS_2000_N_Smerigliatrice_cilindrica_universale_per_grandi_pezzi.jpg?v=1758614369"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-cilindrica-urs-800-n","title":"Bernardo URS 800 N Universal Cylindrical Grinding Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 800 N universal cylindrical grinding machine grinds externally from Ø 8 to 8–200 mm and internally from Ø 13 mm, on workpieces up to 800 mm between centers and a maximum weight of 60 kg, with a hydrodynamic spindle, inclinable table, external grinding wheel Ø 400 × 50 × 203, and an internal grinding speed of 20,000 rpm. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13–100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum workpiece weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–380 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding wheel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 400 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the URS 800 N and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 800 N is a professional universal cylindrical grinding machine for the precision external and internal grinding of shafts, pins, bushings, and seats: the machine that brings surface roughness below Ra 0.4 µm and dimensional tolerance to the order of hundredths on workpieces up to 800 mm in length. The hydrodynamic workpiece spindle—the main differentiator compared to grinding machines with rolling bearings—ensures constant precision even over prolonged cycles, because it eliminates vibrations transmitted by the bearings. The grinding head, which can be tilted by ±30°, allows the grinding of tapers, spherical seats, and shoulders. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by precision mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and industrial maintenance centers that process high-precision components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo URS 800 N is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial precision grinding machine. Not suitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal and internal grinding on workpieces up to 800 mm with hydrodynamic spindle: the choice for tolerances in the order of hundredths on shafts and bushings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor maintenance and production of precision components in continuous cycle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workpieces over 800 mm in length (consider a larger model); workshops without knowledge of cylindrical grinding; occasional use where a bench grinder is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. internal grinding depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+3° to −7°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1–4 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual table feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkpiece spindle and grinding wheel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–380 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel (Ø × H × bore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 400 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1670 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding head inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Heavy precision machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit before delivery. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer assistance in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"hydrodynamic spindle\" mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hydrodynamic spindle supports the shaft on an oil film instead of rolling bearings. This eliminates the micro-vibrations typical of bearings—which transfer to the ground surface as undulations—and guarantees superior dimensional repeatability. It is the standard for industrial precision grinding machines. Grinding machines with rolling bearings cost less but do not achieve the same tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the achievable dimensional precision with the URS 800 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder optimal conditions (well-balanced workpiece, correct grinding wheel, adequate cooling fluid), the URS 800 N achieves dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 (order of hundredths of a mm) and surface roughness Ra 0.2–0.4 µm. The actual precision depends on the operator, the type of material, and operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of grinding wheel is used for internal grinding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal grinding, the head reaches 20,000 rpm—necessary to maintain optimal peripheral speed with small diameter grinding wheels. Cylindrical grinding wheels mounted on a mandrel with a diameter compatible with the hole to be ground are used. For different materials (steel, cast iron, aluminum, carbides), grinding wheels of different compositions (corundum, silicon carbide, CBN) are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs 45° grinding and taper grinding possible on the URS 800 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The grinding head can be tilted by ±30° relative to the workpiece axis, allowing the grinding of tapers, angled shoulders, and complex shapes. The table can be tilted from +3° to −7° for taper grinding on long workpieces. The combination of the two inclinations covers almost all geometries required in a precision workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cooling fluid is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cylindrical grinding, a 3–5% water+oil emulsion or neat grinding oil is typically used, depending on the material and grinding wheel. The cooling system of the URS 800 N is integrated. Contact Krollit for details on the coolant delivery system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693163254088,"sku":"05-1371","price":35417.41,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_URS_800_N_Smerigliatrice_cilindrica_universale_con_DRO.jpg?v=1758612981"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-cilindrica-universale-urs-3000-n","title":"Bernardo URS 3000 N Universal Cylindrical Grinding Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 3000 N universal cylindrical grinding machine grinds externally from Ø 8 to 320 mm and internally from Ø 35 mm, on workpieces up to 3000 mm between centers and with a maximum weight of 150 kg, featuring a hydrodynamic spindle, inclinable table, external grinding wheel Ø 500 × 50 × 203, and an internal grinding speed of 10,000 rpm. Produced in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum workpiece weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–220 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding wheel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 500 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the URS 3000 N and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 3000 N is a professional universal cylindrical grinding machine for precision external and internal grinding of shafts, pins, bushings, and seats: the machine that achieves surface roughness below Ra 0.4 µm and dimensional tolerance in the order of hundredths of a millimeter on workpieces up to 3000 mm in length. The hydrodynamic workpiece spindle — the main differentiator compared to grinding machines with rolling bearings — ensures constant precision even over prolonged cycles, as it eliminates vibrations transmitted by the bearings. The grinding head, inclinable by ±30°, allows grinding of tapers, spherical seats, and shoulders. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by precision mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and industrial maintenance centers that work with high-precision components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo URS 3000 N for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial precision grinding machine. Not suitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal and internal grinding on workpieces up to 3000 mm with hydrodynamic spindle: the choice for tolerances in the order of hundredths on shafts and bushings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor maintenance and production of precision components in continuous cycles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workpieces over 3000 mm in length (consider a larger model); workshops without knowledge of cylindrical grinding; occasional use where a bench grinder is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter with steady rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter without steady rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. internal grinding depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+3° to −2°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1–3 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual table feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkpiece spindle and grinding wheel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–220 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel (Ø × W × bore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 500 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1330 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding head inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Heavy precision machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit before delivery. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"hydrodynamic spindle\" mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hydrodynamic spindle supports the shaft on an oil film instead of rolling bearings. This eliminates the micro-vibrations typical of bearings — which transfer to the ground surface as undulations — and ensures superior dimensional repeatability. It is the standard for industrial precision grinding machines. Grinding machines with rolling bearings cost less but do not achieve the same tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dimensional accuracy can be achieved with the URS 3000 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder optimal conditions (well-balanced workpiece, correct grinding wheel, adequate coolant), the URS 3000 N achieves dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 (in the order of hundredths of a millimeter) and surface roughness Ra 0.2–0.4 µm. Actual precision depends on the operator, material type, and operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of grinding wheel is used for internal grinding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal grinding, the head reaches 10,000 rpm — necessary to maintain optimal peripheral speed with small diameter grinding wheels. Cylindrical grinding wheels mounted on a spindle with a diameter compatible with the bore to be ground are used. For different materials (steel, cast iron, aluminum, carbides), grinding wheels of different compositions (corundum, silicon carbide, CBN) are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs 45° grinding and tapering possible on the URS 3000 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The grinding head can be tilted by ±30° relative to the workpiece axis, allowing for grinding of tapers, angled shoulders, and complex shapes. The table can be tilted from +3° to −2° for grinding tapers on long workpieces. The combination of the two inclinations covers almost all geometries required in a precision workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat coolant is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cylindrical grinding, a 3–5% water+oil emulsion or neat grinding oil is typically used, depending on the material and grinding wheel. The URS 3000 N's cooling system is integrated. Contact Krollit for details on the coolant delivery system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693164859720,"sku":"05-1385XL","price":99737.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_URS_3000_N_Smerigliatrice_cilindrica_universale_per_grandi_pezzi.jpg?v=1758614852"},{"product_id":"bernardo-affilatrice-inserti-maschiatori-stg-20","title":"Bernardo STG 20 Tap Grinder – M5–M20","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo STG 20 tap grinding machine sharpens taps from M5 – M20 with 2, 3 and 4 flutes, adjustable point angle 5° – 30°, speed 4,400 rpm, single-phase 230V 0.16 kW motor. Weight 14 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking range (taps):\u003c\/strong\u003e M5 – M20\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of flutes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3 and 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5° – 30°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotor speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.16 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the STG 20 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo STG 20 grinding machine restores HSS and carbide taps with 2, 3 and 4 flutes in the M5 – M20 range: instead of replacing a worn tap, it is resharpened in a few minutes, restoring the cutting edge profile with precision. An M20 HSS tap costs 20–80 euros; sharpening it with the STG 20 takes 5–10 minutes and a trained operator. With 14 kg and single-phase 230V, it can be used on any workshop bench. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, mould makers and CNC machining centres that regularly use taps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo STG 20 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor hobby use, taps wear out rarely — the ROI on the grinding machine is long. Useful if frequent drilling is done.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM5 – M20 range: restores the most commonly used taps in mechanical workshops without frequent replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn production with high tap consumption, the grinding machine pays for itself in a few months.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e taps outside the M5 – M20 range; taps with 6+ flutes (check compatibility); drill bit sharpening (consider DG 13 MD or DG 32).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM5 – M20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of flutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, 3 and 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoint angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5° – 30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.16 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 × 235 × 265 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the STG 20 sharpen carbide taps?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The STG 20 is compatible with HSS, carbide (tungsten carbide) and TiN coated taps. For carbide taps, check that the supplied grinding wheel is suitable — diamond or CBN wheels are typically used for carbide. Contact Krollit for details on the specific grinding wheel for carbide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between STG 20 and STG 42?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe STG 20 covers taps from M5 to M20 with a 0.16 kW motor (14 kg). The STG 42 covers taps from M16 to M42 with a 0.25 kW motor (24 kg) — for larger taps that require more sharpening power. For workshops that mainly work on M16 and below, the STG 20 is sufficient; for taps up to M42, the STG 42 is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs specific training required to use it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, more than for drill bit sharpeners. Tap sharpening requires an understanding of cutting edge geometry (point angle, clearance surface). An inexperienced operator can damage the tap. It is advisable to follow the manual in Italian and practice on already worn taps before sharpening new ones. Krollit provides comprehensive documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo replacement grinding wheels available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the STG 20 also sharpen right-hand and left-hand taps?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The grinding machine handles both right-hand and left-hand taps with the same basic setting, varying the feed direction during sharpening. The Italian manual illustrates the procedure for both orientations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693166104904,"sku":"05-1628","price":1549.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_STG_20_Affilatrice_per_maschiatori_M5_M20.jpg?v=1758623564"},{"product_id":"bernardo-affilatrice-inserti-maschiatori-stg-42","title":"Bernardo STG 42 Tap Grinder – M16–M42","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo STG 42 tap grinder sharpens M16 – M42 taps with 2, 3, and 4 flutes, adjustable point angle of 5° – 30°, speed 4,400 rpm, 0.25 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 24 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking range (taps):\u003c\/strong\u003e M16 – M42\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of flutes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3 and 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5° – 30°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotor speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the STG 42 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo STG 42 grinder reconditions HSS and carbide taps with 2, 3, and 4 flutes in the M16 – M42 range: instead of replacing a worn tap, it can be resharpened in a few minutes, restoring the cutting edge profile with precision. An M42 HSS tap costs 20–80 euros; sharpening it with the STG 42 takes 5–10 minutes and a trained operator. With 24 kg and single-phase 230V, it can be used on any workshop bench. In Krollit's customers' workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, mold makers, and CNC machining centers that regularly consume taps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo STG 42 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor hobby use, taps wear out rarely — the ROI on the grinder is long. Useful if frequent drilling is done.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16 – M42 range: reconditions the most used taps in mechanical workshops without frequent replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn production with high tap consumption, the grinder pays for itself in a few months.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e taps outside the M16 – M42 range; taps with 6+ flutes (check compatibility); drill bit sharpening (consider DG 13 MD or DG 32).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16 – M42\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of flutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, 3 and 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoint angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5° – 30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 300 × 310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the STG 42 sharpen carbide taps?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The STG 42 is compatible with HSS, carbide (tungsten carbide) and TiN coated taps. For carbide taps, verify that the included grinding wheel is suitable — for hard metal, diamond or CBN wheels are typically used. Contact Krollit for details on the specific grinding wheel for carbide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between STG 20 and STG 42?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe STG 20 covers taps from M5 to M20 with a 0.16 kW motor (14 kg). The STG 42 covers taps from M16 to M42 with a 0.25 kW motor (24 kg) — for larger taps requiring more grinding power. For workshops working primarily on M16 and below, the STG 20 is sufficient; for taps up to M42, the STG 42 is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs specific training required to use it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, more so than for drill bit sharpeners. Tap sharpening requires an understanding of cutting edge geometry (point angle, relief surface). An inexperienced operator can ruin the tap. It is recommended to follow the manual in Italian and practice on already worn taps before sharpening new ones. Krollit provides complete documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo replacement grinding wheels available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the STG 42 also sharpen right-hand and left-hand taps?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The grinder handles both right-hand and left-hand taps with the same basic setup, varying the feed direction during sharpening. The Italian manual illustrates the procedure for both orientations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693166891336,"sku":"05-1629","price":2098.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_STG_42_Affilatrice_per_maschiatori_M16_M42.jpg?v=1758624322"},{"product_id":"affilatrici-per-punte-fresa-cm-14","title":"Bernardo CM 14 Drill and Mill Grinding Machine – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CM 14 drill and end mill sharpener sharpens twist drills and shank end mills from Ø 4 to 14 mm, with an adjustable angle from −30° to +30°, speed 4,400 rpm, 0.16 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 11 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 4 – 14 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngle adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e −30° to +30°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.16 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 320 × 190 × 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the CM 14 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CM 14 is a dual sharpener: it reconditions both twist drills (like the DG 13 M) and shank end mills (like the EMG 30) in the Ø 4–14 mm range. For workshops that use both types of tools, it is the most economical solution compared to buying two separate sharpeners. Weighing 11 kg and operating at 230V, it can be placed on any workshop bench without installation. In Krollit's customers' workshops, it is used by small mechanical workshops with moderate drill and end mill consumption looking for an all-in-one solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo CM 14 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kg, 230V, dual function drills+end mills: the complete solution for those who want to recondition both types of tools in a single economical machine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrills and end mills up to Ø 14 mm: covers the most used tool range in small workshops with a single sharpener.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge industrial workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor large volumes or diameters over 14 mm, consider DG 32 Pro or EMG 30 separately for superior performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tools over Ø 14 mm; taps (consider STG 20); large carbide end mills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamping range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 4 – 14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngle adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e−30° to +30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.16 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 × 190 × 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the CM 14 sharpen both drills and end mills with the same machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The CM 14 has a universal clamping system that works for both twist drills and shank end mills in the Ø 4–14 mm range. The sharpening configuration changes based on the tool: for drills, the standard angle is used; for end mills, the specific geometry of the front cutting edges is set. The Italian manual explains the procedure for both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between CM 14 and DG 13 M?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DG 13 M sharpens only drill bits up to Ø 13 mm with a fixed angle. The CM 14 sharpens both drills and end mills up to Ø 14 mm with an adjustable angle of −30°\/+30°. The CM 14 is more versatile; the DG 13 M is simpler and specialized for drills only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the CM 14 also sharpen carbide (hard metal) drills?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the correct grinding wheel. For tungsten carbide drills, diamond or CBN grinding wheels are used, which are not always included as standard. Check with Krollit for the included grinding wheel and the availability of grinding wheels for carbide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo replacement grinding wheels available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs training required to use the CM 14?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor drill bits, the CM 14 is relatively intuitive thanks to its guide system. For end mills, correct setting of the cutting edges requires more practice. It is advisable to start with already worn tools to gain confidence before sharpening tools in good condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693167808840,"sku":"05-1631","price":1037.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_CM_14_Tranciatrice_di_precisione_compatta.jpg?v=1758556841"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapano-colonna-sb-40-profi","title":"Bernardo SB 40 Profi Pillar Drill – Ø 40 mm, Vario-drive 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SB 40 Profi pillar drill drills up to Ø 40 mm in steel, with a continuous Vario-drive system (90–1,455 rpm), MT 4 taper, tiltable table ±50°, spindle travel 160 mm, automatic feed 0.1\/0.2\/0.3 mm\/rev, 1.0\/1.5 kW three-phase 400V motor. Weight approx. 380 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 40 mm (steel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Continuous Vario-drive 90 – 1,455 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper chuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 \/ 0.2 \/ 0.3 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTiltable table:\u003c\/strong\u003e ±50°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0\/1.5 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 380 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the SB 40 Profi and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SB 40 Profi is the flagship professional pillar drill in the Bernardo range: with its Vario-drive system that continuously adjusts speed without changing belts (90–1,455 rpm), three-step selectable automatic feed (0.1\/0.2\/0.3 mm\/rev), and ±50° tiltable table, it's the machine for workshops that regularly drill various materials — from aluminum to structural steel — and want to switch between parameters in seconds instead of minutes. The MT 4 taper allows mounting large drill bits and special tools without adapters. At 380 kg, it has the necessary mass for heavy-duty work without vibrations. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and metal frame fabricators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo SB 40 Profi for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine weighing 380 kg with three-phase 400V. For hobby use, consider lighter single-phase pillar drills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVario-drive with no belt changes, automatic feed, MT 4, ±50° table: the drill for those who regularly drill various materials with maximum operational flexibility.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe automatic feed of 0.1\/0.2\/0.3 mm\/rev is crucial for serial drilling with consistent quality without operator fatigue.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without three-phase 400V; occasional hobby use; those who do not need Ø 40 mm (a smaller drill is sufficient and less expensive).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax drilling capacity (steel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyless chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 – 16 mm \/ B16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVario-drive (continuous adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 – 1,455 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic spindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 \/ 0.2 \/ 0.3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTiltable table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e−50° \/ +50°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions \/ T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e505 × 425 mm \/ 14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 × 370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 \/ 1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 930 × 1,870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 380 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the Vario-drive system and why is it an advantage over belt changes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vario-drive continuously adjusts the spindle speed via a mechanical variator, without having to stop the machine, open the cover, and move the belt between pulleys. The practical result: to go from 200 rpm (large drilling in steel) to 1,200 rpm (small drilling in aluminum), you turn a knob in 3 seconds instead of losing 2–3 minutes of downtime. In a workshop that drills various materials every day, the time savings and operating comfort are significant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the automatic feed of 0.1\/0.2\/0.3 mm\/rev for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutomatic feed pushes the spindle down at a fixed rate per spindle revolution, regardless of the force applied by the operator. For serial drilling, it ensures consistent quality (same penetration rate for each hole), reduces fatigue for deep drilling, and is optimal for hard materials where uncontrolled feed can cause drill bit breakage. The three steps (0.1\/0.2\/0.3 mm\/rev) cover everything from fine finishing to rapid roughing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the ±50° tiltable table also used for angled milling?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SB 40 Profi is a pillar drill — it is not designed for milling with end mills. The ±50° tiltable table is used for angled drilling (holes not perpendicular to the surface), typical in metalworking and equipment construction. For actual milling, the Bernardo BFM\/WFM range of milling machines is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat drill bits can be mounted on the MT 4?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 4 taper is the standard for large diameter drill bits, taper reductions (MT 4 → MT 3, MT 2) and special tools such as drill bushes, reamers, and hole saws. With the MT 4 → B16 reduction, the keyless chuck for drill bits up to Ø 16 mm can be mounted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 500 × 930 × 1,870 mm. At 380 kg, it requires an adequate floor for delivery. The base of 360 × 370 mm is compact: the drill can be easily installed even in workshops with limited space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693168857416,"sku":"01-1175XL","price":5429.18,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_a_colonna_Bernardo_SB_40_Profi_con_avanzamento_automatico.png?v=1758120334"},{"product_id":"seghe-a-nastro-bernardo-mbs-280-dg-pro","title":"Bernardo MBS 280 DG PRO Horizontal Bandsaw – double miter cut 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MBS 280 DG PRO horizontal band saw cuts round\/square at 90° up to Ø 225 mm \/ 180 × 180 mm, miter cuts at 45° right up to Ø 145 mm and 45° left up to Ø 120 mm, speeds of 45 and 90 m\/min, 100 W coolant pump, 1.1 kW three-phase 400V motor. Weight 250 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound capacity 90°:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 225 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare capacity 90°:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 × 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat capacity 90°:\u003c\/strong\u003e 245 × 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMiter cut 45° right:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 145 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMiter cut 45° left:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 \/ 90 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MBS 280 DG PRO and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MBS 280 DG PRO is a horizontal band saw with dual angle cutting: it cuts at both 45° right and 45° left, in addition to 90°, 60° and intermediate angles. The \"DG\" (Double Miter) designation indicates this very feature — the ability to tilt the saw head in both directions, indispensable for metal fabrication that produces frames, triangular structures, and angled joints requiring mirrored cuts. The integrated 100 W coolant pump is essential for cutting stainless steel and high-strength tool steel. Compared to the HBS 275 Vario (direct cut only, no dual miter), the MBS 280 DG PRO is the choice when regularly working with different angles. In Krollit's customers' workshops, it is used by metal fabricators, structural builders, and industrial maintenance workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo MBS 280 DG PRO for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine weighing 250 kg with 400V three-phase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFabricator \/ machine shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual angle 45° R + 45° L, integrated coolant: the saw for those who regularly work with mirrored angled cuts on steel and stainless steel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor high-volume production, consider automatic band saws with CNC feed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without 400V three-phase; those who only work at 90° (the HBS 275 Vario is sufficient and less expensive); diameters over 225 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCutting capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAngle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRound\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSquare\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 × 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e245 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45° right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e145 × 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 × 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45° left\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 × 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60° right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 × 90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 × 90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e990 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade (L × H × Th.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,480 × 27 × 0.9 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 \/ 90 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoolant pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 W integrated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 × 1,100 × 1,470 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"dual miter cut\" (DG) mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard band saws only tilt in one direction (typically 45° to the right). \"DG\" — double miter — tilts in both directions: 45° right and 45° left. For the production of frames, triangular structures, and mirrored joints, two opposite 45° cuts are essential: you cut one piece at 45° right and the mirrored piece at 45° left without having to manually rotate the piece, which introduces positioning errors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAt what speed do I cut stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor AISI 304 stainless steel, use the low speed (45 m\/min) with the coolant pump active. Higher speeds cause overheating, blade sticking, and rapid wear. For thick stainless steel (over 80 mm), it is also advisable to reduce the downward force of the blade group to prevent jamming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the coolant pump also necessary for mild steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor structural steel S235\/S275 up to 100 mm, the pump is not strictly necessary for single cuts. For series production or large sections (over 100 mm), the coolant significantly increases blade life and cutting quality by reducing generated heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement blades available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bimetallic blades 2,480 × 27 × 0.9 mm in different tooth configurations available with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,500 × 1,100 × 1,470 mm. At 250 kg, it requires an adequate floor for delivery. For handling bars, clear space at least equal to the length of the pieces on both sides is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693169873224,"sku":"04-1716","price":4245.75,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Segatrice_a_nastro_doppia_MBS_280_DG_PRO.jpg?v=1758785057"},{"product_id":"affilatrici-bernardo-dg-32-md","title":"Bernardo DG 32 MD Drill Bit Grinder – Ø 12–32 mm with thinning, 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 32 MD drill bit sharpener sharpens twist drills from Ø 12–32 mm, point angle 90°–140°, speed 4,800 rpm, 0.25 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 30 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSharpenable drill bit diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 12–32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90°–140°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 425 × 220 × 235 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DG 32 MD and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 32 MD sharpener restores worn twist drill bits in the Ø 12–32 mm range — with an integrated web thinning device. In a mechanical workshop that drills regularly, drill bits are among the most frequent consumables: an HSS drill bit of Ø 10 mm costs 3–8 euros; sharpening it with the DG 32 MD takes 20–40 seconds. At 30 kg and single-phase 230V, it can be installed on any workbench without additional equipment. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, metalworking shops, and maintenance laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo DG 32 MD for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg, 230V: adequate for advanced hobbyists with significant drill bit consumption.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 12–32 mm range: restores the most used drill bits in the workshop with an ROI measurable in weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntense industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor very high volumes, consider automatic sharpeners. The DG 32 MD is optimal for manual sharpening on demand.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drill bits outside the Ø 12–32 mm range; carbide drill bits without a dedicated diamond grinding wheel; taps (consider STG 20\/42).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSharpenable drill bit diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 12–32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoint angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°–140°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e425 × 220 × 235 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Italian-speaking customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DG 32 MD and other Bernardo drill bit sharpeners?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range for drill bits covers: DG 13 M (Ø 2–13 mm, 8 kg), DG 13 MD (Ø 2–13 mm with web thinning, 8.1 kg), DG 20 M (Ø 2–20 mm with CBN grinding wheel, 8.6 kg), DG 32 Pro (Ø 2–32 mm, 32 kg), DG 32 MD (Ø 12–32 mm with web thinning, 30 kg). The choice depends on the maximum diameter of the drill bits used in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the DG 32 MD sharpen carbide drill bits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the standard grinding wheel included, the DG 32 MD is optimized for HSS drill bits. For tungsten carbide drill bits, a diamond grinding wheel is recommended. Contact Krollit for the specific grinding wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to sharpen a Ø 10 mm drill bit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the DG 32 MD, a slightly worn Ø 10 mm HSS drill bit takes 20–40 seconds. A very worn drill bit can take 1–2 minutes. The consistency of the result increases with operator practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo replacement grinding wheels are available with 3–5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs specific training required to use it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo drill bit sharpeners have guide systems that automatically position the drill bit at the correct angle. The operator only needs to insert the drill bit into the holder and advance it against the grinding wheel. Learning takes 5–10 minutes of practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693180293448,"sku":"05-1615","price":1579.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Affilatrice_Bernardo_DG_32_MD_per_punte_da_trapano.jpg?v=1758708823"},{"product_id":"affilatrici-bernardo-dg-32-pro","title":"Drill Grinder Bernardo DG 32 Pro – Ø 2–32 mm, 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 32 Pro drill bit sharpener sharpens twist drills from Ø 2–32 mm, point angle 90°–135°, speed 4,400 rpm, 0.25 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 32 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSharpenable drill bit diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 2–32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90°–135°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 350 × 210 × 305 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DG 32 Pro and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 32 Pro sharpener restores worn twist drill bits in the Ø 2–32 mm range. In a mechanical workshop that drills regularly, drill bits are among the most frequent consumables: a Ø 10 mm HSS drill bit costs 3–8 euros; sharpening it with the DG 32 Pro takes 20–40 seconds. At 32 kg and single-phase 230V, it can be installed on any workbench without additional equipment. In Krollit customer workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, metalworking shops, and maintenance labs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo DG 32 Pro for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 kg, 230V: suitable for advanced hobbyists with significant drill bit consumption.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 2–32 mm range: restores the most commonly used drill bits in the workshop with an ROI measurable in weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntense industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor very high volumes, consider automatic sharpeners. The DG 32 Pro is optimal for manual sharpening on demand.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drill bits outside the Ø 2–32 mm range; carbide drill bits without a dedicated diamond grinding wheel; taps (consider STG 20\/42).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSharpenable drill bit diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 2–32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoint angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°–135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 × 210 × 305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DG 32 Pro and other Bernardo drill bit sharpeners?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range for drill bits includes: DG 13 M (Ø 2–13 mm, 8 kg), DG 13 MD (Ø 2–13 mm with web thinning, 8.1 kg), DG 20 M (Ø 2–20 mm with CBN grinding wheel, 8.6 kg), DG 32 Pro (Ø 2–32 mm, 32 kg), DG 32 MD (Ø 12–32 mm with web thinning, 30 kg). The choice depends on the maximum diameter of the drill bits used in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the DG 32 Pro sharpen carbide drill bits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the standard grinding wheel provided, the DG 32 Pro is optimized for HSS drill bits. For tungsten carbide drill bits, a diamond grinding wheel is recommended. Contact Krollit for the specific grinding wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to sharpen a Ø 10 mm drill bit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the DG 32 Pro, a slightly worn Ø 10 mm HSS drill bit takes 20–40 seconds. A heavily worn drill bit can take 1–2 minutes. The consistency of the result increases with operator practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo replacement grinding wheels are available with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs specific training required to use it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo drill bit sharpeners have guidance systems that automatically position the drill bit at the correct angle. The operator only needs to insert the drill bit into the holder and advance it against the grinding wheel. Learning takes 5–10 minutes of practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693185175880,"sku":"05-1616","price":1957.66,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Affilatrice_Bernardo_DG_32_Pro_per_punte_da_trapano.jpg?v=1758710036"},{"product_id":"affilatrici-bernardo-dg-13-m","title":"Bernardo DG 13 M Drill Bit Sharpener – Ø 2–13 mm, 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 13 M drill bit sharpener sharpens twist drills from Ø 2–13 mm, point angle 90°–135°, speed 4,400 rpm, 0.12 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 8 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSharpenable drill bit diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 2–13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90°–135°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.12 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 280 × 135 × 165 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DG 13 M and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 13 M sharpener restores worn twist drills in the Ø 2–13 mm range. In a machine shop that drills regularly, drill bits are among the most frequent consumables: a Ø 10 mm HSS drill bit costs 3–8 euros; sharpening it with the DG 13 M takes 20–40 seconds. At 8 kg and single-phase 230V, it can be installed on any workbench without additional equipment. In Krollit's customers' workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, metal fabricators, and maintenance shops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo DG 13 M for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact, economical, 230V: the entry point into drill bit sharpening for those who want to stop throwing them away.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange Ø 2–13 mm: recovers the most used drill bits in the workshop with a measurable ROI in weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntensive industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor very high volumes, consider automatic sharpeners. The DG 13 M is optimal for manual on-demand sharpening.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drill bits outside the Ø 2–13 mm range; carbide drill bits without a dedicated diamond grinding wheel; taps (consider STG 20\/42).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSharpenable drill bit diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 2–13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoint angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°–135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.12 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 × 135 × 165 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DG 13 M and other Bernardo drill bit sharpeners?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drill bit range covers: DG 13 M (Ø 2–13 mm, 8 kg), DG 13 MD (Ø 2–13 mm with thinning, 8.1 kg), DG 20 M (Ø 2–20 mm with CBN wheel, 8.6 kg), DG 32 Pro (Ø 2–32 mm, 32 kg), DG 32 MD (Ø 12–32 mm with thinning, 30 kg). The choice depends on the maximum diameter of the drill bits used in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the DG 13 M sharpen carbide drill bits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the standard grinding wheel included, the DG 13 M is optimized for HSS drill bits. For tungsten carbide drill bits, a diamond grinding wheel is recommended. Contact Krollit for the specific grinding wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to sharpen a Ø 10 mm drill bit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the DG 13 M, a slightly worn Ø 10 mm HSS drill bit takes 20–40 seconds. A very worn drill bit may take 1–2 minutes. The consistency of the result increases with operator practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo replacement grinding wheels are available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs specific training required to use it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo drill bit sharpeners have guidance systems that automatically position the drill bit at the correct angle. The operator only needs to insert the drill bit into the holder and advance it against the grinding wheel. Learning takes 5–10 minutes of practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693192450376,"sku":"05-1612","price":511.19,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Affilatrice_Bernardo_DG_13_M_per_punte_da_trapano.jpg?v=1758705336"},{"product_id":"affilatrici-bernardo-dg-20-m","title":"Bernardo DG 20 M Drill Grinder – Ø 2–20 mm with CBN grinding wheel, 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 20 M drill bit sharpener sharpens twist drills from Ø 2–20 mm, point angle 90°–135°, speed 4,800 rpm, 0.12 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 8.6 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSharpenable drill bit diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 2–20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90°–135°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.12 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 285 × 130 × 170 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.6 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DG 20 M and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 20 M sharpener reconditions worn twist drill bits in the Ø 2–20 mm range – with standard CBN grinding wheel for HSS, carbide, and TiN-coated drill bits. In a mechanical workshop that drills regularly, drill bits are among the most frequent consumables: a Ø 10 mm HSS drill bit costs 3–8 euros; sharpening it with the DG 20 M takes 20–40 seconds. Weighing 8.6 kg and single-phase 230V, it can be installed on any workbench without additional equipment. In Krollit's customer workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, metal fabricators, and maintenance labs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo DG 20 M for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact, economical, 230V: the entry point into drill bit sharpening for those who want to stop throwing them away.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 2–20 mm range: reconditions the most used drill bits in the workshop with a measurable ROI in weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntensive industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor very high volumes, consider automatic sharpeners. The DG 20 M is optimal for manual sharpening on demand.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drill bits outside the Ø 2–20 mm range; carbide drill bits without a dedicated diamond grinding wheel; taps (consider STG 20\/42).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSharpenable drill bit diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 2–20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoint angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°–135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.12 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e285 × 130 × 170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the DG 20 M and other Bernardo drill bit sharpeners?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range for drill bits covers: DG 13 M (Ø 2–13 mm, 8 kg), DG 13 MD (Ø 2–13 mm with web thinning, 8.1 kg), DG 20 M (Ø 2–20 mm with CBN grinding wheel, 8.6 kg), DG 32 Pro (Ø 2–32 mm, 32 kg), DG 32 MD (Ø 12–32 mm with web thinning, 30 kg). The choice depends on the maximum diameter of the drill bits used in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the DG 20 M sharpen carbide drill bits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The DG 20 M is fitted with a standard CBN (cubic boron nitride) grinding wheel, suitable for both HSS and TiN-coated carbide drill bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to sharpen a Ø 10 mm drill bit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the DG 20 M, a slightly worn Ø 10 mm HSS drill bit takes 20–40 seconds. A very worn drill bit may take 1–2 minutes. The consistency of the result increases with the operator's practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo replacement grinding wheels are available with 3–5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs specific training required to use it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo drill bit sharpeners have guiding systems that automatically position the drill bit at the correct angle. The operator only needs to insert the drill bit into the holder and advance it against the grinding wheel. Learning takes 5–10 minutes of practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693197758792,"sku":"05-1614","price":955.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Affilatrice_per_trapano_Bernardo_DG_20_M_con_mola_CBN_e_pinze_ER.jpg?v=1757355367"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1000-x-1500-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo APOLLO parallel lathe 1000 × 1500 – Ø 1,000 mm, 3-axis digital readout","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 1500 bed lathe turns diameters up to Ø 1,000 mm on the bed (Ø 650 mm over the carriage), distance between centers 1500 mm, spindle bore 130 mm, ISO A2-15 spindle nose, 24 forward speeds (3.15–315 rpm) + 12 reverse, X\/Z feeds from 0.064–12 \/ 0.032–6 mm\/rev, 3-axis digital readout included as standard. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 1,000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over carriage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e 130 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e (24) 3.15–315 rpm \/ (12) 5–400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax workpiece weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZ-axis travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital readout:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-axis as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the APOLLO 1000 × 1500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 1500 is a parallel workshop lathe for machining large workpieces: with Ø 1,000 mm over the bed and a distance between centers of 1500 mm, it handles shafts, rollers, flanges, and structural components that do not fit into standard 500–600 mm lathes. The 130 mm spindle bore allows large diameter bars to pass through. The 3-axis digital readout included as standard eliminates reading times and improves repeatability of dimensions. The speed range from 3.15 to 400 rpm covers everything from heavy turning with large tools to precision finishing. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by industrial repair shops, equipment manufacturers, and machining centers for large components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 1500 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge industrial lathe not suitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 1,000 mm, 1500 mm between centers, workpiece weight up to 6,000 kg: for machining large components that standard lathes cannot handle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-axis digital readout, 24 speeds, full threading range: the lathe for repair and production workshops for large components.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces over Ø 1,000 mm; hobby use; workshops without experience in turning large machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop slide inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds (forward)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15–315 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds (reverse)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 5–400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeeds and threads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX \/ Z \/ Z1 feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064–12 \/ 0.032–6 \/ 0.016–3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX \/ Z rapid feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,870 \/ 3,740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(45) 1–120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiametral threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(42) 30–1\/4 DP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModule threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(46) 0.5–60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhitworth threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(48) 0.5–60 GPZ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Large machine and heavy weight: coordinate with Krollit for unloading equipment and foundation before delivery. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the standard 3-axis digital readout include?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe digital readout measures and displays the positions of the X (transverse), Z (longitudinal), and Z1 (top slide) axes in real time with a resolution of 0.001 mm. It allows you to zero the position at any reference point and directly read the target dimension without manual calculations. It significantly reduces reading errors and setup times compared to traditional nonius scales.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between APOLLO 1000 × 1500, × 3000, and × 5000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three models have the same specifications for Ø (1,000 mm), spindle (ISO A2-15, 130 mm bore), speeds, and feeds. They differ only in the distance between centers (1,500, 3,000, 5,000 mm) and consequently in the Z-axis travel (1,300, 2,800, 4,800 mm). The choice depends on the maximum length of the workpieces to be turned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat diameter bars can the 130 mm spindle bore accommodate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 130 mm spindle bore allows bars up to approximately Ø 125–127 mm to pass through (with clearance tolerance). For large section bars, this feature is essential for working long pieces without having to cut them beforehand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer support in Italian is available. Original Bernardo spare parts with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat kind of foundation does a lathe of this size require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lathe with a workpiece weight of up to 6,000 kg and a 1500 mm bed requires a reinforced concrete foundation designed by a structural engineer for the specific site. Coordinate with Krollit for machine weight specifications and anchoring guidelines before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693213421896,"sku":"03-1371XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_1000_x_1500_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1757086082"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1000-x-3000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 3000 Lathe – Ø 1,000 mm, 3-axis digital readout","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 3000 lathe turns diameters up to Ø 1,000 mm on the bed (Ø 650 mm over the cross slide), center distance 3000 mm, spindle bore 130 mm, ISO A2-15 mounting, 24 forward speeds (3.15–315 rpm) + 12 reverse speeds, X\/Z feeds from 0.064–12 \/ 0.032–6 mm\/rev, 3-axis digital readout as standard. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 1,000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e 130 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e (24) 3.15–315 rpm \/ (12) 5–400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. workpiece weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZ-axis travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital readout:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-axis as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the APOLLO 1000 × 3000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 3000 is a workshop parallel lathe for machining large workpieces: with Ø 1,000 mm over the bed and a center distance of 3000 mm, it handles shafts, rollers, flanges, and structural components that do not fit in standard 500–600 mm lathes. The 130 mm spindle bore allows large-section bars to pass through. The standard 3-axis digital readout eliminates reading times and improves repeatability of dimensions. The speed range from 3.15 to 400 rpm covers everything from heavy turning with large tools to precision finishing. In Krollit customer workshops, it is used by industrial repair shops, equipment manufacturers, and machining centers for large components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 3000 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge industrial lathe not suitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 1,000 mm, 3000 mm between centers, workpiece weight up to 6,000 kg: for machining large components that standard lathes cannot handle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-axis digital readout, 24 speeds, full threading range: the lathe for repair shops and production of large components.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workpieces over Ø 1,000 mm; hobby use; workshops without experience turning on large machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop slide inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds (forward)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15–315 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds (reverse)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 5–400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeeds and threads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX \/ Z \/ Z1 feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064–12 \/ 0.032–6 \/ 0.016–3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid traverses X \/ Z\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,870 \/ 3,740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(45) 1–120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiametral threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(42) 30–1\/4 DP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModule threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(46) 0.5–60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhitworth threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(48) 0.5–60 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Large and heavy machine: coordinate with Krollit for unloading equipment and foundation before delivery. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the standard 3-axis digital readout include?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe digital readout measures and displays the positions of the X (cross), Z (longitudinal), and Z1 (top slide) axes in real-time with 0.001 mm resolution. It allows zeroing the position at any reference point and directly reading the target dimension without manual calculations. It significantly reduces reading errors and setup times compared to traditional verniers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between APOLLO 1000 × 1500, × 3000, and × 5000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three models have the same specifications for Ø (1,000 mm), spindle (ISO A2-15, 130 mm bore), speeds, and feeds. They differ only in the distance between centers (1,500, 3,000, 5,000 mm) and consequently in the Z-axis travel (1,300, 2,800, 4,800 mm). The choice depends on the maximum length of workpieces to be turned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat diameter bars can pass through the 130 mm spindle bore?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 130 mm spindle bore allows bars up to approximately Ø 125–127 mm (with tolerance for play) to pass through. For large-section bars, this feature is essential for machining long workpieces without having to cut them beforehand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer support in Italian available. Original Bernardo spare parts with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat kind of foundation does a lathe of this size require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lathe with a workpiece weight of up to 6,000 kg and a 3000 mm bed requires a reinforced concrete foundation designed by a structural engineer for the specific site. Coordinate with Krollit for machine weight specifications and anchoring instructions before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693223743816,"sku":"03-1372XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Torni-Bernardo-metallo-2.jpg?v=1750068572"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1000-x-5000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 5000 Lathe – Ø 1,000 mm, 3-axis digital readout","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 5000 bench lathe turns diameters up to Ø 1,000 mm on the bed (Ø 650 mm over the cross slide), with a distance between centers of 5000 mm, a spindle bore of 130 mm, an ISO A2-15 spindle nose, 24 forward speeds (3.15–315 rpm) + 12 reverse speeds, X\/Z feeds from 0.064–12 \/ 0.032–6 mm\/rev, and a standard 3-axis digital readout. Produced in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 1,000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e 130 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e (24) 3.15–315 rpm \/ (12) 5–400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax workpiece weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZ-axis travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital readout:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 axes standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the APOLLO 1000 × 5000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 5000 is a workshop parallel lathe for machining large workpieces: with Ø 1,000 mm over the bed and a distance between centers of 5000 mm, it handles shafts, rollers, flanges, and structural components that do not fit in standard 500–600 mm lathes. The 130 mm spindle bore allows large-section bars to pass through. The standard 3-axis digital readout eliminates reading times and improves dimensional repeatability. The speed range from 3.15 to 400 rpm covers everything from heavy turning with large tools to precision finishing. In Krollit's customers' workshops, it is used by industrial repair shops, equipment manufacturers, and machining centers for large components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 5000 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge industrial lathe not suitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 1,000 mm, 5000 mm between centers, workpiece weight up to 6,000 kg: for machining large components that standard lathes cannot handle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-axis digital readout, 24 speeds, full threading range: the lathe for repair shops and production of large components.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workpieces over Ø 1,000 mm; hobby use; workshops without experience turning on large machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompound slide swivel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (forward)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15–315 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (reverse)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 5–400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeeds and threads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX \/ Z \/ Z1 feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064–12 \/ 0.032–6 \/ 0.016–3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds X \/ Z\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,870 \/ 3,740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(45) 1–120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiametral pitch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(42) 30–1\/4 DP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModule threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(46) 0.5–60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhitworth threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(48) 0.5–60 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days in the South). Large and heavy machine: coordinate with Krollit for unloading equipment and foundation before delivery. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the standard 3-axis digital readout include?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe digital readout measures and displays the positions of the X (transverse), Z (longitudinal), and Z1 (compound slide) axes in real time with a resolution of 0.001 mm. It allows you to zero the position at any reference point and directly read the target dimension without manual calculations. It significantly reduces reading errors and setup times compared to traditional verniers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between APOLLO 1000 × 1500, × 3000, and × 5000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three models have the same Ø specifications (1,000 mm), spindle (ISO A2-15, 130 mm bore), speeds, and feeds. They differ only in the distance between centers (1,500, 3,000, 5,000 mm) and consequently in the Z-axis travel (1,300, 2,800, 4,800 mm). The choice depends on the maximum length of the workpieces to be turned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat diameter bars can the 130 mm spindle bore accommodate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 130 mm spindle bore allows bars up to approximately Ø 125–127 mm (with tolerance for clearance) to pass through. For large-section bars, this feature is essential for machining long workpieces without having to cut them beforehand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer support available in Italian. Original Bernardo spare parts with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does a lathe of this size require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lathe with a workpiece weight of up to 6,000 kg and a 5000 mm bed requires a reinforced concrete foundation designed by a structural engineer for the specific site. Coordinate with Krollit for machine weight specifications and anchoring instructions before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693231870280,"sku":"03-1373XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_1000_x_5000_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_as.jpg?v=1757083955"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1000-x-8000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo Apollo 1000 x 8000 Heavy Duty Lathe – distance between centers 8000 mm, diameter 1000 mm, 22 kW motor, ISO A2-15, weight 16,100 kg, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1000 x 8000 heavy-duty conventional lathe is the compact model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 8000 mm, a swing over bed of 1000 mm, a swing over cross slide of 650 mm, a bed width of 755 mm, an ISO A2-15 spindle nose with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds of (24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm, and a 22 kW 400V three-phase motor. A 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout is included, and it features a solid cast iron construction. The machine weight is approx. 16,100 kg. Suitable for shipbuilding, energy, and heavy mechanical sectors. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 755 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 16,100 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 1000 x 8000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1000 x 8000 is one of the compact heavy-duty conventional lathes in the Apollo range, characterized by an extended 8,000 mm distance between centers combined with a contained 1,000 mm swing over the bed. The reinforced bed with a width of 755 mm and the ISO A2-15 spindle nose define its operational scope: machining shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts typical of medium-to-large industrial mechanical workshops. The included 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout, cardan shaft transmission with hydraulic clutch, and 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm with gear change cover any material and geometry. The soft start of the spindle with mechanical coupling reduces stress on components during the start-up of heavy workpieces. In Krollit's customer workshops, the Apollo 1000 x 8000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for axis and shaft repair and reconstruction, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specializing in precision turning of heavy parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is the line of heavy-duty conventional lathes for industrial applications. It comprises 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Family 1000-1250 (this model): ISO A2-15 spindle, 22 kW motor, 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm, 755 mm bed. Suitable for precision machining of medium to large workpieces. Above it: 1600 family with ISO A2-15 (970 mm bed) for bulkier workpieces while maintaining a compatible structure; 1600 family with MT 7 (1,100 mm bed) for heavy industrial applications; 2000 family (top, MT 7, 22-30 kW motor, 2,300 mm gap) for heavy industrial production. Alongside the 1000 x 8000 in the same family: Apollo 1250 x 1500, Apollo 1250 x 3000, Apollo 1250 x 5000, Apollo 1250 x 8000. The choice between models in the family depends on the length of the workpieces: for long shafts, 8,000 mm distance between centers; for standard shafts, 3,000 mm; for compact short workpieces, 1,500 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 16,100 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity and suitable industrial flooring. Dimensions 11.1 × 1.81 × 1.79 m: verify access to the workshop. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor whom is the Apollo 1000 x 8000\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty industrial machine with a weight of approx. 16,100 kg and requiring a 400V industrial three-phase line. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm swing over bed and 8000 mm distance between centers cover standard industrial machining. ES-12 V digital readout included, solid cast iron construction, ISO A2-15 spindle nose for professional tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ turbine and energy manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration suitable for turning shafts, spindles, and mechanical components for the shipbuilding and energy sectors. 755 mm bed and MT 80 tailstock for stability on long and heavy workpieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e machining requiring a swing over bed beyond 1000 mm (move up to the 1600 or 2000 family); workpieces over 8000 mm between centers (choose a model with a greater distance); workshops without a 400V industrial three-phase line or without adequately sized industrial flooring; high-volume CNC series production (consider CNC lathes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel (tailstock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds (X \/ Z \/ Z1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064-12 \/ 0.032-6 \/ 0.016-3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds (X \/ Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.870 \/ 3.740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (taper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (Ø)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock transverse adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e± 2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSteady rests\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed steady rest (passage)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-470 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraveling steady rest (passage)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.1 × 1.81 × 1.79 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 16,100 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 1000 x 8000 Lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis ES-12 V digital readout with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 1000 mm independent chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed steady rest (passage 50-470 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraveling steady rest (passage 50-220 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotorized tailstock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial filling with Shell Tellus 46 oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-position tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool post protective cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchoring bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical application sectors for the Apollo 1000 x 8000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNaval (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 8000 mm distance between centers and 1000 mm swing over bed define the operational range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical parts: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large-diameter cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific parts, verify the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the part in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operational space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions 11.1 × 1.81 × 1.79 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading parts, handling, maintenance access), an overall area of at least 1.5x the machine's dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation sized for the machine's weight plus typical workpieces. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO shows the exact position of the axes in hundredths of a millimeter in real-time, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy-duty lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for machining quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and compensation for screw play: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it better to get an Apollo 1000 or upgrade to the 1600 diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the maximum diameter of typical workpieces. Up to Ø 800 mm over the bed, the Apollo 1000 is correctly sized. For parts regularly above Ø 850 mm, the 1600 family is mandatory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1600 family has a reinforced bed of 970 mm (vs 755 mm), extended X-travel of 820 mm (vs 630 mm), and higher weight. The cost is higher. For growing workshops or those with variable needs, it is strategically preferable to size correctly in advance. For established workshops with standardized production at the current maximum diameter, the additional investment is not justified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operational life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear-prone components (bearings, guideways, lubrication system, clutches) can be replaced with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not significantly wear: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical components in contact are sized for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693233508680,"sku":"03-1374XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_1000_x_8000_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1757082817"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1250-x-1500-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 1500 Heavy Duty Lathe – 1500 mm center distance, 1250 mm swing, 22 kW motor, ISO A2-15, 10,050 kg weight, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 1500 heavy-duty conventional lathe is the compact model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 1500 mm, a swing over bed of 1250 mm, a swing over cross slide of 900 mm, a bed width of 755 mm, a spindle nose of ISO A2-15 with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds (24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm, and a 22 kW, 400V three-phase motor. A 3-axis digital readout ES-12 V is included, and it features a solid cast iron construction. The machine weight is approx. 10,050 kg. Suitable for naval, energy, and heavy mechanical industries. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 755 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 10,050 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 1250 x 1500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 1500 is one of the compact heavy-duty conventional lathes in the Apollo range, characterized by a compact 1,500 mm distance between centers and a high turning diameter of 1,250 mm over the bed. The reinforced bed with a width of 755 mm and the ISO A2-15 spindle nose define its operational scope: machining of shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts typical of medium-large industrial mechanical workshops. The included 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout, cardan shaft transmission with hydraulic clutch, and 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm with gear changes cover any material and geometry. The soft start of the spindle with mechanical coupling reduces stress on components when starting heavy workpieces. In Krollit customer workshops, the Apollo 1250 x 1500 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for shaft repair and reconstruction, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specializing in precision turning of heavy parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is the line of heavy-duty conventional lathes for industrial applications. It consists of 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Family 1000-1250 (this model): ISO A2-15 connection, 22 kW motor, 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm, 755 mm bed. Suitable for precision machining of medium-large parts. Above it: 1600 family with ISO A2-15 (970 mm bed) for bulkier parts while maintaining a compatible structure; 1600 family with MT 7 (1,100 mm bed) for heavy industrial applications; 2000 family (top, MT 7, 22-30 kW motor, 2,300 mm gap) for heavy industrial production. Alongside the 1250 x 1500 in the same family: Apollo 1000 x 8000, Apollo 1250 x 3000, Apollo 1250 x 5000, Apollo 1250 x 8000. The choice between models in the family depends on the length of the parts: for long shafts, 8,000 mm distance between centers; for standard shafts, 3,000 mm; for short, compact parts, 1,500 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 10,050 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity and suitable industrial flooring. Dimensions 4.6 × 1.88 × 1.92 m: verify workshop access. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Italian-speaking customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Apollo 1250 x 1500 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty industrial machine with approx. 10,050 kg weight and industrial 400V three-phase line required. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm swing diameter and 1500 mm distance between centers cover standard industrial machining. ES-12 V display included, solid cast iron structure, ISO A2-15 tool post for professional tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ turbine and energy manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration suitable for turning shafts, spindles, and mechanical components for the naval and energy sectors. 755 mm bed and MT 80 tailstock for stability on long and heavy parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e machining requiring a turning diameter over 1250 mm on the bed (upgrade to the 1600 or 2000 family); parts over 1500 mm between centers (choose a model with a greater distance); workshops without a 400V industrial three-phase line or without properly dimensioned industrial flooring; high-volume CNC series production (consider CNC lathes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel (tailstock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds (X \/ Z \/ Z1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064-12 \/ 0.032-6 \/ 0.016-3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds (X \/ Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,870 \/ 3,740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (taper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (Ø)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock transverse adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e± 2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSteady rests\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed steady rest (passage)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFollower rest (passage)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.6 × 1.88 × 1.92 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 10,050 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 1250 x 1500 lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout ES-12 V with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 1000 mm independent chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed steady rest (passage 50-590 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollower rest (passage 50-220 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial filling with Shell Tellus 46 oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-way tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool post protective cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchor bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical sectors of use for the Apollo 1250 x 1500?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNaval (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears) sectors. The 1500 mm distance between centers and 1250 mm swing over bed define the operating range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical parts: long drive shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific parts, check the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the part in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions 4.6 × 1.88 × 1.92 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading parts, handling, maintenance access), an overall area at least 1.5x the machine dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation dimensioned for the machine's weight plus typical parts. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO displays the exact position of the axes in real time to the hundredth of a millimeter, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy-duty lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and compensation for screw backlash: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it better to get an Apollo 1250 or upgrade to the 1600 diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the maximum diameter of typical parts. Up to Ø 1000 mm on the bed, the Apollo 1250 is correctly sized. For parts regularly above Ø 1062 mm, the 1600 family is mandatory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1600 family has a reinforced 970 mm bed (vs 755 mm), extended X-travel of 820 mm (vs 630 mm), and higher weight. The cost is higher. For growing workshops or those with variable needs, it is strategically preferable to size correctly in advance. For established workshops with standardized production on the current maximum diameter, the additional investment is not justified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected useful life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operating life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear components (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) are replaceable with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical contact components are sized for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693238784328,"sku":"03-1375XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_1250_x_1500_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1757081235"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1250-x-3000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 3000 Heavy Duty Lathe – 3000 mm distance between centers, 1250 mm diameter, 22 kW motor, ISO A2-15, 11,550 kg weight, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 3000 heavy-duty conventional lathe is the compact model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 3000 mm, a swing over bed of 1250 mm, a swing over cross slide of 900 mm, a bed width of 755 mm, an ISO A2-15 spindle nose with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds of (24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm, and a 22 kW 400V three-phase motor. A 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout is included, along with a solid cast iron construction. The machine weighs approximately 11,550 kg. It is suitable for the marine, energy, and heavy mechanical engineering sectors. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 755 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11,550 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 1250 x 3000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 3000 is one of the compact heavy-duty conventional lathes in the Apollo range, featuring 3,000 mm between centers and a 1,250 mm swing over bed, a medium configuration. The reinforced bed with a width of 755 mm and the ISO A2-15 spindle nose define its operating range: machining shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts typical of medium-large industrial machine shops. The included 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout, the power transmission via a cardan shaft with hydraulic clutch, and the 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm with gear changes cover any material and geometry. The soft start of the spindle with mechanical coupling reduces stress on components when starting heavy workpieces. In Krollit customer workshops, the Apollo 1250 x 3000 is chosen by industrial machine shops, shipyards for repair and reconstruction of axles and shafts, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specialized in precision turning of heavy parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is the line of heavy-duty conventional lathes for industrial applications. It comprises 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Family 1000-1250 (this model): ISO A2-15 attachment, 22 kW motor, 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm, 755 mm bed. Suitable for precision machining of medium-large parts. Above it: 1600 family with ISO A2-15 (970 mm bed) for more voluminous parts while maintaining a compatible structure; 1600 family with MT 7 (1,100 mm bed) for heavy industrial applications; 2000 family (top, MT 7, 22-30 kW motor, 2,300 mm gap) for heavy industrial production. Alongside the 1250 x 3000 in the same family: Apollo 1000 x 8000, Apollo 1250 x 1500, Apollo 1250 x 5000, Apollo 1250 x 8000. The choice between models in the family depends on the length of the parts: for long shafts, 8,000 mm distance between centers; for standard shafts, 3,000 mm; for short compact parts, 1,500 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 11,550 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity and reinforced industrial flooring. Dimensions 6.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m: check access to the workshop. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Apollo 1250 x 3000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine with approx. 11,550 kg weight and industrial 400V three-phase power line required. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm swing over bed and 3000 mm distance between centers cover standard industrial machining operations. ES-12 V display included, solid cast iron structure, ISO A2-15 attachment for professional tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ turbine and energy manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration suitable for turning shafts, spindles, and mechanical components for the marine and energy sectors. 755 mm bed and MT 80 tailstock for stability on long and heavy parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e operations requiring a swing over bed beyond 1250 mm (upgrade to 1600 or 2000 family); parts over 3000 mm between centers (choose a model with greater distance); workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line or without adequately dimensioned industrial flooring; high-volume CNC series production (consider CNC lathes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel (tailstock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds (X \/ Z \/ Z1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064-12 \/ 0.032-6 \/ 0.016-3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds (X \/ Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,870 \/ 3,740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (taper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (Ø)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuill stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock transverse adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e± 2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSteady rests\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed steady rest (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFollower rest (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11,550 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 1250 x 3000 lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eES-12 V 3-axis digital readout with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 1000 mm independent chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed steady rest (capacity 50-590 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollower rest (capacity 50-220 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial fill with Shell Tellus 46 oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-position tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool post protective cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchor bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical application sectors for the Apollo 1250 x 3000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarine (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical engineering (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 3000 mm distance between centers and 1250 mm swing over bed define the operating range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical parts: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial piping flanges. For specific parts, verify the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the part in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operational space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions 6.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading parts, handling, maintenance access), an overall area at least 1.5 times the machine's dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation dimensioned for the machine's weight plus typical workpieces. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO displays the exact position of the axes in real-time, down to a hundredth of a millimeter, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and compensating for screw backlash: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it better to get an Apollo 1250 or upgrade to the 1600 diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the maximum diameter of typical workpieces. Up to Ø 1000 mm over the bed, the Apollo 1250 is correctly sized. For parts regularly above Ø 1062 mm, the 1600 family is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1600 family has a reinforced 970 mm bed (vs 755 mm), extended 820 mm X-travel (vs 630 mm), and higher weight. The cost is higher. For growing workshops or those with variable needs, it is strategically preferable to size correctly in advance. For established workshops with standardized production on the current maximum diameter, the additional investment is not justified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operational life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear components (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) are replaceable with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with proper maintenance. Mechanical components in contact are dimensioned for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693246353736,"sku":"03-1376XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/ernardo_Apollo_1250_x_3000_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1757079849"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1250-x-5000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Heavy Duty Lathe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 5000 – distance between centers 5000 mm, diameter 1250 mm, motor 22 kW, ISO A2-15, weight 13.350 kg, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe heavy-duty parallel lathe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 5000 is the compact model of the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 5000 mm, a turning diameter over the bed of 1250 mm, a turning diameter over the carriage of 900 mm, a bed width of 755 mm, an ISO A2-15 spindle nose with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds (24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm, and a 22 kW 400V three-phase motor. A 3-axis digital readout ES-12 V is included, and it features a solid cast iron structure. Machine weight approx. 13,350 kg. Suitable for naval, energy, and heavy mechanical sectors. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over carriage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 755 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 13,350 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 1250 x 5000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 5000 is one of the compact heavy-duty parallel lathes in the Apollo range, featuring 5,000 mm between centers with a 1,250 mm diameter: suitable for machining long shafts and medium profiles. The reinforced bed with a width of 755 mm and the ISO A2-15 spindle nose define its operating range: machining shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts typical of medium-large industrial mechanical workshops. The included 3-axis digital readout ES-12 V, the power transmission via cardan shaft with hydraulic clutch, and the 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm with gear change cover any material and geometry. The soft start of the spindle with mechanical coupling reduces stress on components when starting heavy workpieces. In Krollit's customers' workshops, the Apollo 1250 x 5000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for repair and reconstruction of axles and shafts, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specializing in precision turning of heavy workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is the line of heavy-duty parallel lathes for industrial applications. It consists of 12 models organized by turning diameter over the bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Family 1000-1250 (this model): ISO A2-15 spindle nose, 22 kW motor, 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm, 755 mm bed. Suitable for precision machining of medium-large workpieces. Above it: 1600 family with ISO A2-15 (970 mm bed) for more voluminous workpieces while maintaining a compatible structure; 1600 family with MT 7 (1,100 mm bed) for heavy industrial applications; 2000 family (top, MT 7, 22-30 kW motor, 2,300 mm gap) for heavy industrial production. Alongside the 1250 x 5000 in the same family: Apollo 1000 x 8000, Apollo 1250 x 1500, Apollo 1250 x 3000, Apollo 1250 x 8000. The choice between models in the family depends on the length of the workpieces: for long shafts, 8,000 mm distance between centers, for standard shafts 3,000 mm, for compact short workpieces 1,500 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). With a weight of approx. 13,350 kg, it requires an adequate capacity crane and properly sized industrial flooring. Dimensions 8.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m: check access to the workshop. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Apollo 1250 x 5000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine weighing approx. 13,350 kg and requiring industrial 400V three-phase power. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm turning diameter and 5000 mm distance between centers cover standard industrial machining. ES-12 V digital readout included, solid cast iron structure, ISO A2-15 attachment for professional tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ turbine and energy manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration suitable for turning shafts, spindles, and mechanical components for naval and energy sectors. 755 mm bed and MT 80 tailstock for stability on long and heavy workpieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e machining requiring turning diameter over 1250 mm on the bed (upgrade to 1600 or 2000 family); workpieces over 5000 mm between centers (choose model with greater distance); workshops without industrial 400V three-phase power or without properly sized industrial flooring; high-volume CNC series production (consider CNC lathes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel (tailstock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds (X \/ Z \/ Z1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064-12 \/ 0.032-6 \/ 0.016-3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds (X \/ Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,870 \/ 3,740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (taper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (Ø)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock cross adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e± 2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSteady rests\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed steady rest (passage)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraveling steady rest (passage)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 13,350 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 1250 x 5000 lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout ES-12 V with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 1000 mm independent chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed steady rest (passage 50-590 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraveling steady rest (passage 50-220 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotorized tailstock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial filling with Shell Tellus 46 oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-position tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool post protective cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchor bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical application sectors for the Apollo 1250 x 5000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNaval (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 5000 mm distance between centers and 1250 mm turning diameter define its operating range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical workpieces: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific workpieces, check the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the workpiece in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions 8.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading workpieces, handling, maintenance access), a total area of at least 1.5x the machine dimensions is required, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation sized for the weight of the machine plus typical workpieces. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and conformity assessment of the site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO displays the exact axis position in real time to the hundredth of a millimeter, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy-duty lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for machining quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and compensation for screw backlash: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it better to get an Apollo 1250 or upgrade to the 1600 diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the maximum diameter of typical workpieces. Up to Ø 1000 mm on the bed, the Apollo 1250 is correctly sized. For workpieces regularly over Ø 1062 mm, the 1600 family is mandatory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1600 family has a reinforced bed of 970 mm (vs 755 mm), extended X-travel of 820 mm (vs 630 mm), and higher weight. The cost is higher. For growing workshops or those with variable needs, it is strategically preferable to size correctly in advance. For established workshops with standardized production at the current maximum diameter, the additional investment is not justified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected lifespan of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operational life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear parts (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) can be replaced with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical contact components are designed for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693252251976,"sku":"03-1380XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_1250_x_5000_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1757078462"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1250-x-8000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 8000 heavy-duty conventional lathe – 8000 mm distance between centers, 1250 mm swing, 22 kW motor, ISO A2-15, 16,800 kg weight, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 8000 heavy-duty conventional lathe is the compact model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 8000 mm, a swing over bed of 1250 mm, a swing over cross slide of 900 mm, a bed width of 755 mm, an ISO A2-15 spindle nose with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds of (24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm, and a 22 kW 400V three-phase motor. A 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout is included, and it features a solid cast iron construction. The machine weight is approx. 16,800 kg. Suitable for the naval, energy, and heavy mechanical sectors. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 755 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 16,800 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 1250 x 8000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 8000 is one of the compact heavy-duty conventional lathes in the Apollo range, characterized by the maximum combination of the 1250 family: 8,000 mm between centers with a turning diameter of 1,250 mm. The reinforced bed with a width of 755 mm and the ISO A2-15 spindle nose define the operating range: machining of shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts typical of medium-to-large industrial mechanical workshops. The included 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout, the transmission via cardan shaft with hydraulic clutch, and the 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm with gear change cover any material and geometry. The soft start of the spindle with mechanical coupling reduces stress on components during the start-up of heavy workpieces. In Krollit customers' workshops, the Apollo 1250 x 8000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for repair and reconstruction of axles and shafts, manufacturers of components for turbines and generators, and workshops specializing in precision turning of heavy parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Apollo Bernardo family is the line of heavy-duty conventional lathes for industrial applications. It consists of 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Family 1000-1250 (this model): ISO A2-15 spindle nose, 22 kW motor, 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm, 755 mm bed. Suitable for precision machining of medium-to-large parts. Above it: family 1600 with ISO A2-15 (970 mm bed) for bulkier parts while maintaining a compatible structure; family 1600 with MT 7 (1,100 mm bed) for heavy industrial applications; family 2000 (top, MT 7, 22-30 kW motor, 2,300 mm gap) for heavy industrial production. Alongside the 1250 x 8000 in the same family: Apollo 1000 x 8000, Apollo 1250 x 1500, Apollo 1250 x 3000, Apollo 1250 x 5000. The choice between models in the family depends on the length of the workpieces: for long shafts, 8,000 mm distance between centers, for standard shafts 3,000 mm, for compact short parts 1,500 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 16,800 kg, it requires an adequate capacity crane and a properly sized industrial floor. Dimensions 11.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m: check access to the workshop. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Apollo 1250 x 8000 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine weighing approx. 16,800 kg and requiring a 400V industrial three-phase line. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm turning diameter and 8000 mm distance between centers cover standard industrial machining. ES-12 V display included, solid cast iron structure, ISO A2-15 spindle nose for professional tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ turbine and energy manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration suitable for turning shafts, spindles, and mechanical components for the naval and energy sectors. 755 mm bed and MT 80 tailstock for stability on long and heavy parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e machining requiring a turning diameter over 1250 mm on the bed (move up to the 1600 or 2000 family); parts over 8000 mm between centers (choose a model with a greater distance); workshops without a 400V industrial three-phase line or without a properly sized industrial floor; high-volume CNC series production (evaluate CNC lathes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel (tailstock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds (X \/ Z \/ Z1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064-12 \/ 0.032-6 \/ 0.016-3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds (X \/ Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,870 \/ 3,740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (taper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (Ø)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock transverse adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e± 2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSteady rests\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed steady rest (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraveling steady rest (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 16,800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 1250 x 8000 lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis ES-12 V digital readout with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 1000 mm independent chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed steady rest (capacity 50-590 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraveling steady rest (capacity 50-220 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotorized tailstock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial filling with Shell Tellus 46 oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-position tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool post protective cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchor bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical application sectors for the Apollo 1250 x 8000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNaval (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine axes, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 8000 mm distance between centers and the 1250 mm turning diameter define the operating range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical parts: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific parts, verify in advance the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the part in relation to the machine's capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions 11.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading parts, handling, access for maintenance), a total area of at least 1.5x the machine dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires an industrial floor or reinforced concrete foundation sized for the machine's weight plus typical workpieces. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision manufacturing. The DRO shows the exact position of the axes in hundredths of a millimeter in real-time, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and backlash compensation: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs an Apollo 1250 better, or should I go up to the 1600 diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the maximum diameter of typical workpieces. Up to Ø 1000 mm on the bed, the Apollo 1250 is correctly sized. For parts regularly above Ø 1062 mm, the 1600 family is mandatory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1600 family has a reinforced bed of 970 mm (vs 755 mm), extended X-travel of 820 mm (vs 630 mm), and higher weight. The cost is higher. For growing workshops or those with variable needs, it is strategically preferable to size correctly in advance. For established workshops with standardized production on the current maximum diameter, the additional investment is not justified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operating life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear-prone components (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) can be replaced with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical components in contact are sized for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693260083528,"sku":"03-1381XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_1600_x_3000_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1757077520"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1600-x-3000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Heavy-duty universal lathe Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 3000 – distance between centers 3000 mm, diameter 1600 mm, motor 22 kW, ISO A2-15, weight 12,900 kg, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 3000 heavy-duty conventional lathe is the intermediate model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 3000 mm, a swing over bed of 1600 mm, a swing over cross slide of 1280 mm, a bed width of 970 mm, an ISO A2-15 spindle nose with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds of (24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm, and a 22 kW 400V three-phase motor. A 3-axis digital readout ES-12 V is included, along with a solid cast iron construction. The machine weighs approx. 12,900 kg. Suitable for marine, energy, and heavy mechanical sectors. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1280 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 970 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 12,900 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 1600 x 3000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 3000 is one of the intermediate heavy-duty conventional lathes in the Apollo range, characterized by 3,000 mm distance between centers with a 1,600 mm swing over bed and a reinforced bed of 970 mm. The reinforced bed with a width of 970 mm and the ISO A2-15 spindle nose define its operational range: machining shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts in industrial workshops requiring large workpieces. The mechanical characteristics are identical to the 1000\/1250 family (ISO A2-15 connection, 22 kW motor, 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm) but with a wider bed (970 mm vs 755 mm) and extended X-axis travel (820 mm vs 630 mm) to correctly handle the 1,600 mm swing diameter. In Krollit customer workshops, the Apollo 1600 x 3000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for repair and reconstruction of axles and shafts, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specializing in precision turning of heavy workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is the line of heavy-duty conventional lathes for industrial applications. It comprises 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). The 1600 family (this model): maintains the ISO A2-15 connection, but with a reinforced bed of 970 mm and extended X-axis travel of 820 mm to handle a 1,600 mm swing diameter. Intermediate position between the compact 1000-1250 family (755 mm bed) and the heavy industrial 1600\/2000 family with MT 7 (1,100 mm bed). For workshops transitioning between standard and heavy industrial production, this is the correctly sized choice: it maintains the ISO A2-15 flexibility with operational dimensions suitable for larger workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 12,900 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity and a suitably sized industrial floor. Dimensions 6.04 × 2.06 × 2.23 m: verify workshop access. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Apollo 1600 x 3000 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine weighing approx. 12,900 kg, requiring an industrial 400V three-phase line. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm swing diameter and 3000 mm distance between centers cover standard industrial machining operations. ES-12 V display included, solid cast iron structure, ISO A2-15 connection for professional tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ turbine and energy manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration suitable for turning shafts, spindles, and mechanical components for the marine and energy sectors. 970 mm bed and MT 80 tailstock for stability on long and heavy workpieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e operations requiring a diameter over 1600 mm or a gap over None mm (the 2000 family with a 2,300 mm gap is correctly sized); workshops with limited needs (the 1000-1250 family is more economical for standard operations); workshops without suitably sized industrial flooring or without an industrial 400V three-phase line; high-cadence series production with CNC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e970 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel (tailstock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds (X \/ Z \/ Z1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064-12 \/ 0.032-6 \/ 0.016-3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds (X \/ Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,870 \/ 3,740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (taper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (Ø)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock transverse adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e± 2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSteady rests\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed steady rest (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220-630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraveling steady rest (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.04 × 2.06 × 2.23 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 12,900 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 1600 x 3000 Lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eES-12 V 3-axis digital readout with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent chuck Ø 1000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed steady rest (220-630 mm capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraveling steady rest (50-220 mm capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial filling with Shell Tellus 46 oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-way tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool post protective cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchor bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical sectors of use for the Apollo 1600 x 3000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarine (nautical shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears) sectors. The 3000 mm distance between centers and the 1600 mm swing diameter define the operational range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical parts: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific parts, verify the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the part in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operational space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions 6.04 × 2.06 × 2.23 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading parts, handling, maintenance access), an overall area of at least 1.5x the machine dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation sized for the machine's weight plus typical workpieces. For the first installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO displays the exact axis position in hundredths of a millimeter in real-time, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of handwheels and compensation for screw backlash: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the practical difference from the 2000 family?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2000 family has a swing diameter of 2,000 mm (vs 1600 mm) and a gap diameter of 2,300 mm (vs None mm). Same 1,100 mm bed and MT 7 connection. Significantly higher weights and dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops that regularly work with large flanges and discs (over 1,600 mm), the 2000 family is mandatory. For parts within 1,600 mm, the 1600 family is correctly sized with a lower cost. The difference is mechanical and dimensional; operational characteristics (speed, connection, motor) are similar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected useful life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operational life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear components (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) can be replaced with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical contact components are dimensioned for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693266800968,"sku":"03-1382XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio-industriale-1_2e391f19-dd25-4212-91ce-45615d6522e7.jpg?v=1750068900"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1600-x-5000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 5000 heavy-duty conventional lathe – 5000 mm distance between centers, 1600 mm swing, 18-22 kW motor, MT 7, 23,000 kg weight, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 5000 heavy-duty conventional lathe is the mid-heavy model of the Apollo family. It offers 5000 mm distance between centers, 1600 mm swing over bed, 1200 mm swing over carriage, 1800 mm maximum swing in gap, 1100 mm bed width, MT 7 spindle nose with 105 - 130 mm bore depending on configuration, 2-400 rpm spindle speed with gear change, 18-22 kW 400V three-phase motor (depending on configuration). ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout included, solid cast iron structure. Machine weight approx. 23,000 kg. Suitable for marine, energy, and heavy mechanical sectors. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over carriage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum swing in gap:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 7 with 105 - 130 mm bore depending on configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-22 kW – 400V three-phase (configuration)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 23,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 1600 x 5000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 5000 is one of the mid-heavy heavy-duty conventional lathes in the Apollo range, featuring 5,000 mm distance between centers with a 1,600 mm swing over bed and a maximum 1,800 mm swing in gap. The reinforced bed with a width of 1100 mm and the MT 7 spindle nose define its operational range: machining shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts in heavy industrial workshops with gear changes dedicated to heavy-duty machining. The configuration with 2-400 rpm gear change and MT 7 connection defines this range as heavy industrial: machining of considerably sized parts in the marine and energy sectors. The maximum 1,800 mm swing in gap allows for turning large flanges and discs that the 1,600 mm swing over bed would not accommodate. In Krollit customers' workshops, the Apollo 1600 x 5000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for repair and reconstruction of axles and shafts, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specialized in precision turning of heavy parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is a line of heavy-duty conventional lathes for industrial applications. It comprises 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Industrial 1600 family (this model): MT 7 taper connection, 1,100 mm bed, 18-22 kW motor, 2-400 rpm spindle speed with gear change. Suitable for heavy industrial machining with a dedicated gear change for high torque on bulky parts. The difference with Apollo 1600 x 3000 (family with ISO A2-15): the MT 7 version has a heavier structure and lower speeds for higher torque, sized for continuous industrial applications. The difference with the 2000 family: same 1,100 mm bed and MT 7 connection, but smaller swing over bed and swing in gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 23,000 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity, suitable industrial flooring, and a reinforced concrete foundation. Dimensions approx. 7.0 × 2.8 × 2.7 m: check workshop access, ceiling height, and transport routes in advance. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Apollo 1600 x 5000 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty industrial machine weighing approx. 23,000 kg and requiring industrial 400V three-phase line. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm swing over bed and 1800 mm swing in gap handle bulky parts. 1,100 mm bed, MT 7 connection, gear change dedicated to industrial torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ heavy energy production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range configuration for large industrial parts: large diameter flanges, marine shafts, transmission wheels for heavy machinery. 18-22 kW motor and gear change dedicated to high continuous torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e machining requiring a diameter beyond 1600 mm or a gap beyond 1800 mm (the 2000 family with a 2,300 mm gap is correctly sized); workshops with limited needs (the 1000-1250 family is more economical for standard machining); workshops without suitable industrial flooring or without an industrial 400V three-phase line; high-volume serial production with CNC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum swing in gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 - 130 mm depending on configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-400 rpm with gear change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-22 kW (depending on configuration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 7.0 × 2.8 × 2.7 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 23,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 1600 x 5000 Lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-jaw self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailstock with CM 7 connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of gears for threading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical sectors for the Apollo 1600 x 5000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarine (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 5000 mm distance between centers and 1600 mm swing over bed define the operational range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical parts: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific parts, check the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the part in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions approx. 7.0 × 2.8 × 2.7 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading parts, handling, maintenance access), an overall area of at least 1.5x the machine's dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation sized for the weight of the machine plus typical parts. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO shows the exact position of the axes in real-time to the hundredth of a millimeter, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and compensation for leadscrew backlash: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the practical difference with the 2000 family?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2000 family has a 2,000 mm swing over bed (vs 1600 mm) and a 2,300 mm swing in gap (vs 1800 mm). The same 1,100 mm bed and MT 7 connection. Significantly higher weights and dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops that regularly machine large flanges and discs (over 1,600 mm), the 2000 family is mandatory. For parts within 1,600 mm, the 1600 family is correctly sized at a lower cost. The difference is mechanical and dimensional; operational characteristics (speed, connection, motor) are similar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected lifespan of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operating life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear parts (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) can be replaced with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Contact mechanical components are dimensioned for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693273485640,"sku":"03-1383XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_1600_x_5000_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1757000414"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1600-x-8000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Heavy-duty centre lathe Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 8000 – distance between centres 8000 mm, swing over bed 1600 mm, motor 18-22 kW, MT 7, weight 29,000 kg, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 8000 heavy-duty parallel lathe is the mid-heavy model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 8000 mm, a swing over bed of 1600 mm, a swing over cross slide of 1200 mm, a maximum swing in gap of 1800 mm, a bed width of 1100 mm, a spindle nose of MT 7 with a bore of 105 - 130 mm depending on configuration, a spindle speed of 2-400 rpm with gear change, and an 18-22 kW 400V three-phase motor (depending on configuration). A 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout is included, and it features a solid cast iron structure. The machine weight is approx. 29,000 kg. Suitable for naval, energy, and heavy mechanical industries. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. swing in gap:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 7 with bore 105 - 130 mm depending on configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-22 kW – 400V three-phase (configuration)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 29,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 1600 x 8000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 8000 is one of the mid-heavy parallel lathes in the Apollo range, characterized by a maximum combination of 1600: 8,000 mm between centers with a diameter of 1,600 mm and a gap of 1,800 mm. The reinforced bed with a width of 1100 mm and the MT 7 spindle nose define its operating range: machining of shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts in heavy industrial workshops with dedicated gear changes for heavy-duty operations. The configuration with 2-400 rpm gear change and MT 7 connection defines this as heavy industrial: machining of considerably sized parts in the naval and energy sectors. The maximum diameter in the gap of 1,800 mm allows turning of large flanges and discs that the 1,600 mm swing over bed would not accommodate. In Krollit customer workshops, the Apollo 1600 x 8000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for repair and reconstruction of axles and shafts, manufacturers of components for turbines and generators, and workshops specializing in precision turning on heavy parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Apollo Bernardo family is the line of heavy-duty parallel lathes for industrial applications. It consists of 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Industrial 1600 family (this model): MT 7 spindle taper, 1,100 mm bed, 18-22 kW motor, 2-400 rpm spindle speed with gear change. Suitable for heavy industrial machining with dedicated gear change for high torque on bulky parts. The difference with Apollo 1600 x 3000 (family with ISO A2-15): the MT 7 version has a heavier structure and lower speeds for higher torque, sized for continuous industrial applications. The difference with the 2000 family: same 1,100 mm bed and MT 7 connection, but smaller swing over bed and gap diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). With a weight of approx. 29,000 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity, suitable industrial flooring, and a reinforced concrete foundation. Dimensions approx. 10.0 × 2.8 × 2.7 m: verify workshop access, ceiling height, and transport routes in advance. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. Customer assistance in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Apollo 1600 x 8000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine with a weight of approx. 29,000 kg and industrial 400V three-phase power required. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm swing over bed and 1800 mm swing in gap handle bulky workpieces. 1,100 mm bed, MT 7 spindle taper, gear change dedicated to industrial torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ heavy energy production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range configuration for large industrial parts: large diameter flanges, naval shafts, heavy machinery drive wheels. 18-22 kW motor and gear change dedicated to continuous high torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e machining requiring a diameter over 1600 mm or a gap over 1800 mm (the 2000 family with a 2,300 mm gap is correctly sized); workshops with limited needs (the 1000-1250 family is more economical for standard operations); workshops without appropriate industrial flooring or without an industrial 400V three-phase line; high-volume series production with CNC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. swing in gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and Speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 - 130 mm depending on configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-400 rpm with gear change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-22 kW (depending on configuration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 10.0 × 2.8 × 2.7 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 29,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 1600 x 8000 lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-jaw self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailstock with CM 7 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of gears for threading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical application sectors for the Apollo 1600 x 8000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNaval (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 8000 mm distance between centers and 1600 mm swing over bed define the operating range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical parts: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific parts, verify the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the part in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operational space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions approx. 10.0 × 2.8 × 2.7 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading parts, handling, maintenance access), an overall area at least 1.5 times the machine's dimensions is required, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation sized for the machine's weight plus typical workpieces. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO shows the exact position of the axes to the hundredth of a millimeter in real-time, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of handwheels and compensation for screw play: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the practical difference with the 2000 family?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2000 family has a swing over bed of 2,000 mm (vs 1600 mm) and a swing in gap of 2,300 mm (vs 1800 mm). The same 1,100 mm bed and MT 7 connection. Significantly higher weights and dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops that regularly machine large flanges and discs (over 1,600 mm), the 2000 family is a must. For parts within 1,600 mm, the 1600 family is correctly sized with lower cost. The difference is mechanical and dimensional; operational characteristics (speed, spindle taper, motor) are similar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operational life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear parts (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) can be replaced with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical contact components are sized for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693279777096,"sku":"03-1384XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_1600_x_8000_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1756999306"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-2000-x-2000-incluso-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 2000 heavy duty parallel lathe – distance between centers 2000 mm, diameter 2000 mm, motor 22-30 kW, MT 7, weight 19,000 kg, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 2000 heavy-duty lathe is the industrial heavy-duty model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 2000 mm, a turning diameter over bed of 2000 mm, a turning diameter over carriage of 1500 mm, a maximum turning diameter in gap of 2300 mm, a bed width of 1100 mm, a spindle taper mount of MT 7 with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds of 2-400 rpm with gear change, and a 22-30 kW 400V three-phase motor (depending on configuration). A 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout is included, along with a solid cast iron structure. Machine weight approx. 19,000 kg. Suitable for naval, energy, and heavy mechanical sectors. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over carriage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum turning diameter in gap:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 7 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22-30 kW – 400V three-phase (configuration)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 19,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 2000 x 2000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 2000 is one of the heavy industrial lathes in the Apollo range, featuring 2,000 mm between centers with a turning diameter of 2,000 mm over the bed and a 2,300 mm gap. The reinforced bed with a width of 1100 mm and the MT 7 spindle taper define its operating range: machining of shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts in heavy industrial workshops with large workpieces. The configuration with gear change 2-400 rpm, MT 7 taper, and 22-30 kW motor (selectable in configuration) represents the top of the Apollo range for heavy industrial applications. The maximum turning diameter in gap of 2,300 mm handles industrial flanges, large discs, and heavy machinery gears. In Krollit customer workshops, the Apollo 2000 x 2000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for repair and reconstruction of axes and shafts, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specializing in precision turning of heavy workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is a line of heavy-duty lathes for industrial applications. It comprises 12 models organized by turning diameter over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Heavy industrial 2000 family (this model, top of the range): MT 7 taper, 1,100 mm bed, 22-30 kW motor (selectable), 2-400 rpm spindle speed with gear change, 2,000 mm turning diameter over bed, 2,300 mm maximum turning diameter in gap. The absolute top of the Bernardo Apollo range for industrial applications. Alongside the 2000 x 2000 in the same family: Apollo 2000 x 3000, Apollo 2000 x 5000, Apollo 2000 x 8000. The choice in the 2000 family depends exclusively on the length of typical workpieces: 2,000 mm distance between centers for short workpieces, 3,000 mm intermediate, 5,000-8,000 mm for long industrial workpieces (nautical shafts, energy profiles).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). With a weight of approx. 19,000 kg, it requires an adequate capacity crane and dimensioned industrial flooring. Dimensions approx. 5.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m: check workshop access. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Apollo 2000 x 2000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine weighing approx. 19,000 kg and requiring an industrial 400V three-phase line. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm turning diameter over bed and 2300 mm gap diameter handle voluminous workpieces. 1,100 mm bed, MT 7 taper, gear change dedicated to industrial torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ heavy energy production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range configuration for large industrial workpieces: large diameter flanges, marine shafts, heavy machinery transmission wheels. 22-30 kW motor and gear change dedicated to high continuous torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops requiring workpieces within 1,600 mm diameter (the 1600 family is significantly less expensive with professional features); workshops without dimensioned industrial flooring and reinforced concrete foundations; high-volume CNC series production; workshops with limited access (machine weight requires cranes and dedicated pathways).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum turning diameter in gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-400 rpm with gear change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22-30 kW (depending on configuration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 19,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 2000 x 2000 lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-jaw self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailstock with CM 7 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of gears for threading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical application sectors for the Apollo 2000 x 2000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNaval (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The distance between centers of 2000 mm and the turning diameter of 2000 mm define the operating range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical workpieces: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific workpieces, check the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the workpiece in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions approx. 5.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading workpieces, handling, access for maintenance), a total area of at least 1.5x the machine dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation dimensioned for the machine's weight plus typical workpieces. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for a structural and compliance assessment of the site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision manufacturing. The DRO shows the exact position of the axes in real-time to the hundredth of a millimeter, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and compensation for leadscrew backlash: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. The Apollo includes it as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Apollo 2000 with a 22 kW motor and a 30 kW motor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 30 kW motor handles higher torque in heavy continuous machining (large workpieces on hard steels, significant material removal). The 22 kW motor is sized for standard machining, even on large workpieces but with controlled material removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of motor in configuration depends on the type of typical work. For precision manufacturing with moderate material removal, the 22 kW motor is sufficient. For heavy industrial manufacturing with large material removal, the 30 kW motor prevents motor fatigue and maintains constant machining speed. Krollit provides support in choosing the correct configuration based on typical workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operating life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear-prone components (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) are replaceable with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical contact components are sized for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693280956744,"sku":"03-1385XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_2000_x_2000_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1756998376"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-2000-x-3000-incluso-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Heavy-duty parallel lathe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 3000 – distance between centers 3000 mm, turning diameter 2000 mm, motor 22-30 kW, MT 7, weight 23,500 kg, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 3000 heavy-duty lathe is the heavy industrial model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 3000 mm, a swing over bed of 2000 mm, a swing over cross slide of 1500 mm, a maximum swing in gap of 2300 mm, a bed width of 1100 mm, an MT 7 spindle taper with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds of 2-400 rpm with gear change, and a 22-30 kW 400V three-phase motor (depending on configuration). An ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout is included, and it features a solid cast iron construction. Machine weight approx. 23,500 kg. Suitable for the shipbuilding, energy, and heavy mechanical sectors. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum swing in gap:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 7 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22-30 kW – 400V three-phase (configuration)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 23,500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 2000 x 3000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 3000 is one of the heavy-duty industrial lathes in the Apollo range, featuring 3,000 mm between centers with a 2,000 mm swing over bed and a 2,300 mm gap. The reinforced bed with a width of 1100 mm and the MT 7 spindle taper define its operating range: machining shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts for heavy industrial workshops with large workpieces. The configuration with 2-400 rpm gear change, MT 7 taper, and 22-30 kW motor (selectable in configuration) represents the top of the Apollo range for heavy industrial applications. The maximum swing in gap of 2,300 mm handles industrial flanges, large discs, and heavy machinery gears. In Krollit's customer workshops, the Apollo 2000 x 3000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for shaft repair and reconstruction, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and specialized workshops for precision turning of heavy parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is a line of heavy-duty lathes for industrial applications. It comprises 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). The heavy-duty industrial 2000 family (this model, top of the range): MT 7 taper, 1,100 mm bed, 22-30 kW motor (selectable), 2-400 rpm spindle speed with gear change, 2,000 mm swing over bed, 2,300 mm maximum swing in gap. The absolute top of the Bernardo Apollo range for industrial applications. Alongside the 2000 x 3000 in the same family: Apollo 2000 x 2000, Apollo 2000 x 5000, Apollo 2000 x 8000. The choice in the 2000 family depends exclusively on the length of typical workpieces: 2,000 mm distance between centers for short pieces, 3,000 mm for intermediate, 5,000-8,000 mm for long industrial pieces (nautical shafts, energy profiles).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South of Italy). With a weight of approx. 23,500 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity, dimensioned industrial flooring, and a reinforced concrete foundation. Dimensions approx. 6.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m: check workshop access, ceiling height, and transport routes in advance. Lunettes, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare accessories available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Apollo 2000 x 3000 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine with a weight of approx. 23,500 kg and industrial 400V three-phase line required. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm swing over bed and 2300 mm swing in gap handle bulky workpieces. 1,100 mm bed, MT 7 taper, gear change dedicated to industrial torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ heavy energy production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range configuration for large industrial workpieces: large diameter flanges, nautical shafts, heavy machinery drive wheels. 22-30 kW motor and gear change dedicated to high continuous torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops requiring workpieces within 1,600 mm diameter (the 1600 family is significantly less expensive with professional features); workshops without dimensioned industrial flooring and reinforced concrete foundation; high-cadence CNC series production; laboratories with limited access (machine weight requires cranes and dedicated routes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum swing in gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-400 rpm with gear change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22-30 kW (depending on configuration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 6.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 23,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 2000 x 3000 Lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-jaw self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailstock with CM 7 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of gears for threading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical areas of use for the Apollo 2000 x 3000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipbuilding (nautical shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 3000 mm distance between centers and 2000 mm swing over bed define the operating range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical workpieces: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific workpieces, check the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the workpiece in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions approx. 6.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading workpieces, handling, maintenance access), a total area at least 1.5x the machine's dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation sized for the machine's weight plus typical workpieces. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO shows the exact position of the axes in real-time to the hundredth of a millimeter, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy-duty lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for machining quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of handwheels and compensation for screw play: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Apollo 2000 with a 22 kW and 30 kW motor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 30 kW motor handles higher torque in continuous heavy machining (large workpieces on hard steels, significant material removal). The 22 kW motor is sized for standard machining, even on large workpieces but with controlled removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of motor in configuration depends on the typical type of work. For precision production with moderate material removal, the 22 kW motor is sufficient. For heavy industrial production with large material removal, the 30 kW motor prevents motor fatigue and maintains constant machining speed. Krollit provides support in choosing the correct configuration based on typical workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operating life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear parts (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) can be replaced with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a feature of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical components in contact are sized for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693281743176,"sku":"03-1386XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_2000_x_3000_Tornio_parallelo_industriale_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1756997631"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-2000-x-5000-incluso-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Heavy-duty parallel lathe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 5000 – distance between centers 5000 mm, diameter 2000 mm, motor 22-30 kW, MT 7, weight 30,000 kg, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 5000 heavy-duty parallel lathe is the heavy industrial model in the Apollo family. It offers a 5000 mm distance between centers, 2000 mm swing over bed, 1500 mm swing over cross slide, 2300 mm maximum swing in gap, 1100 mm bed width, MT 7 spindle taper with 130 mm bore, 2-400 rpm spindle speed with gear change, 22-30 kW 400V three-phase motor (depending on configuration). ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout included, solid cast iron structure. Machine weight approx. 30,000 kg. Suitable for marine, energy, and heavy machinery sectors. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum swing in gap:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 7 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22-30 kW – 400V three-phase (configuration)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 30,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 2000 x 5000 and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 5000 is one of the heavy industrial parallel lathes in the Apollo range, featuring a 5,000 mm distance between centers and a 2,000 mm swing over bed: a configuration for heavy industrial workpieces of significant length. The reinforced bed with a width of 1100 mm and the MT 7 spindle taper define the operating range: machining of shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts in heavy industrial workshops with large workpieces. The configuration with a 2-400 rpm gear change, MT 7 taper, and 22-30 kW motor (selectable in configuration) represents the top of the Apollo range for heavy industrial applications. The 2,300 mm maximum swing in gap handles industrial flanges, large discs, and gears for heavy machinery. In Krollit customers' workshops, the Apollo 2000 x 5000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for shaft repair and reconstruction, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specialized in precision turning of heavy workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is the line of heavy parallel lathes for industrial applications. It consists of 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Heavy industrial 2000 family (this model, top of the range): MT 7 taper, 1,100 mm bed, 22-30 kW motor (selectable), 2-400 rpm spindle speed with gear change, 2,000 mm swing over bed, 2,300 mm maximum swing in gap. The absolute top of the Apollo Bernardo range for industrial applications. Alongside the 2000 x 5000 in the same family: Apollo 2000 x 2000, Apollo 2000 x 3000, Apollo 2000 x 8000. The choice in the 2000 family depends exclusively on the typical length of workpieces: 2,000 mm distance between centers for short workpieces, 3,000 mm intermediate, 5,000-8,000 mm for long industrial workpieces (marine shafts, energy profiles).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South of Italy). With a weight of approx. 30,000 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity, industrial flooring, and a reinforced concrete foundation. Dimensions approx. 8.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m: check workshop access, ceiling height, and transport routes in advance. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare accessories are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Apollo 2000 x 5000 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine weighing approx. 30,000 kg and requiring a 400V three-phase industrial power line. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm swing over bed and 2300 mm swing in gap handle bulky workpieces. 1,100 mm bed, MT 7 taper, dedicated gear change for industrial torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ heavy energy production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range configuration for large industrial parts: large diameter flanges, marine shafts, transmission wheels for heavy machinery. 22-30 kW motor and dedicated gear change for high continuous torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops requiring parts within 1,600 mm in diameter (the 1600 family is significantly less expensive with professional features); workshops without industrial flooring and a reinforced concrete foundation; high-volume CNC series production; laboratories with limited access (machine weight requires cranes and dedicated routes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum swing in gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-400 rpm with gear change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22-30 kW (depending on configuration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 8.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 30,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 2000 x 5000 Lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-jaw self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailstock with CM 7 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of threading gears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical application sectors for the Apollo 2000 x 5000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarine (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy machinery (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 5000 mm distance between centers and the 2000 mm swing over bed define the operating range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical workpieces: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific parts, check the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the workpiece in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions approx. 8.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading workpieces, handling, maintenance access), an overall area at least 1.5 times the machine dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation sized for the weight of the machine plus typical workpieces. For the initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision manufacturing. The DRO shows the exact position of the axes in real-time to the hundredth of a millimeter, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy-duty lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and compensation for screw backlash: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Apollo 2000 with a 22 kW motor and a 30 kW motor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 30 kW motor handles higher torque in heavy continuous machining (large workpieces on hard steels, significant material removal). The 22 kW motor is sized for standard machining, even on large workpieces but with controlled removal rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of motor in the configuration depends on the typical type of work. For precision manufacturing with moderate removal rates, the 22 kW motor is sufficient. For heavy industrial manufacturing with large removal rates, the 30 kW motor avoids motor fatigue and maintains constant machining speed. Krollit provides support in choosing the correct configuration based on typical workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected useful life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operational life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear components (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) are replaceable with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical contact components are sized for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693285642568,"sku":"03-1387XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_2000_x_5000_Tornio_parallelo_industriale_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1756996675"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-2000-x-8000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 8000 heavy-duty lathe – 8000 mm distance between centers, 2000 mm swing over bed, 22-30 kW motor, MT 7, 37,500 kg weight, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 8000 heavy-duty parallel lathe is the heavy industrial model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 8000 mm, a turning diameter over the bed of 2000 mm, a turning diameter over the carriage of 1500 mm, a maximum diameter over the gap of 2300 mm, a bed width of 1100 mm, an MT 7 spindle taper with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds of 2-400 rpm with gear changes, and a 22-30 kW 400V three-phase motor (depending on configuration). A 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout is included, along with a solid cast iron structure. Machine weight is approx. 37,500 kg. Suitable for naval, energy, and heavy mechanical sectors. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over carriage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum diameter over gap:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 7 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22-30 kW – 400V three-phase (configuration)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 37,500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 2000 x 8000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 8000 is one of the heavy industrial parallel lathes in the Apollo range, featuring the maximum configuration of the Apollo range: 8,000 mm between centers with a 2,000 mm diameter over the bed. The reinforced bed with a width of 1100 mm and the MT 7 spindle taper define the operational range: machining of shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts in heavy industrial workshops with large workpieces. The configuration with 2-400 rpm gear changes, MT 7 taper, and 22-30 kW motor (selectable in configuration) represents the top of the Apollo range for heavy industrial applications. The maximum diameter over the gap of 2,300 mm handles industrial flanges, large disks, and gears for heavy machinery. In Krollit's customers' workshops, the Apollo 2000 x 8000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for shaft repair and reconstruction, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specializing in precision turning on heavy parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Apollo Bernardo family is the line of heavy-duty parallel lathes for industrial applications. It consists of 12 models organized by turning diameter over the bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Heavy industrial 2000 family (this model, top of the range): MT 7 taper, 1,100 mm bed, 22-30 kW motor (selectable), 2-400 rpm spindle speed with gear changes, 2,000 mm turning diameter over the bed, 2,300 mm maximum diameter over the gap. Absolute top of the Apollo Bernardo range for industrial applications. Alongside the 2000 x 8000 in the same family: Apollo 2000 x 2000, Apollo 2000 x 3000, Apollo 2000 x 5000. The choice in the 2000 family depends exclusively on the length of typical workpieces: 2,000 mm distance between centers for short workpieces, 3,000 mm for intermediate, 5,000-8,000 mm for long industrial workpieces (nautical shafts, energy profiles).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 37,500 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity, industrial flooring, and a reinforced concrete foundation. Dimensions approx. 11.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m: check workshop access, ceiling height, and transport paths in advance. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Apollo 2000 x 8000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine with a weight of approx. 37,500 kg and requiring a 400V industrial three-phase line. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm turning diameter over the bed and 2300 mm diameter over the gap handle voluminous workpieces. 1,100 mm bed, MT 7 taper, gear changes dedicated to industrial torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ heavy energy production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range configuration for large industrial workpieces: large diameter flanges, nautical shafts, heavy machinery transmission wheels. 22-30 kW motor and gear changes dedicated to high continuous torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops requiring parts within 1,600 mm in diameter (the 1600 family is significantly less expensive with professional features); workshops without industrial flooring and a reinforced concrete foundation; high-volume CNC series production; laboratories with limited access (machine weight requires cranes and dedicated paths).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum diameter over gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-400 rpm with gear changes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22-30 kW (depending on configuration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 37,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 2000 x 8000 Lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-jaw self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailstock with CM 7 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of gears for threading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical application sectors for the Apollo 2000 x 8000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNaval (nautical shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 8000 mm distance between centers and 2000 mm turning diameter define the operational range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical workpieces: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific workpieces, check the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the workpiece in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions approx. 11.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading workpieces, handling, maintenance access), an overall area of at least 1.5x the machine's dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation sized for the machine's weight plus typical workpieces. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision manufacturing. The DRO shows the exact position of the axes to the hundredth of a millimeter in real time, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and backlash compensation: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. The Apollo includes it as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Apollo 2000 with a 22 kW motor and a 30 kW motor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 30 kW motor handles higher torque in continuous heavy machining (large workpieces on hard steels, significant material removal). The 22 kW motor is sized for standard machining, even on large workpieces but with controlled removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of motor in configuration depends on the typical work type. For precision manufacturing with moderate removal, the 22 kW motor is sufficient. For heavy industrial manufacturing with large removal, the 30 kW motor prevents motor fatigue and maintains constant machining speed. Krollit provides support in choosing the correct configuration based on typical workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operational life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear-prone components (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) can be replaced with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Contact mechanical components are sized for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is advisable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693286101320,"sku":"03-1388XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_2000_x_8000_Tornio_parallelo_industriale_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1756995843"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrice-magnetica-md-3550-e","title":"Magnetic Core Drill Bernardo MD 3550 E – Ø 35 mm × 50 mm, fixed speed, 1600 W motor, 11 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 3550 E fixed-speed magnetic core drill offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 35 mm with a maximum depth of 50 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 13 mm, drill head travel of 170 mm, no-load speed of 810 rpm, a universal 19 mm Weldon shank for standard core drills, an electromagnet with an adhesion force of 16,000 N, and a 1600 W motor at 230V single-phase. It weighs 11 kg and has machine dimensions of 170 × 280 × 400 mm. It is suitable for metal fabrication, machine construction, the automotive industry, on-site work, and workshops. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 35 mm × depth 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 170 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 810 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesion force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1600 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 3550 E and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 3550 E is a portable magnetic core drill sized for mechanical workshops, metal fabricators, and construction sites. Fixed speed 810 rpm: simple and reliable configuration for standard use on typical materials and diameters. For workshops that primarily work structural steel with standard core drills, the fixed speed is correctly sized, avoiding electronic complexity and the costs of an inverter. The electromagnet with 16,000 N adhesion force ensures secure fastening on steel structures even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain included as standard. Its 11 kg weight and compact dimensions (170 × 280 × 400 mm) make it transportable to construction sites in a case or plastic container, without the need for pallet jacks or cranes. In Krollit customers' workshops, the MD 3550 E is chosen by metal fabricators, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintenance personnel, and on-site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo magnetic core drill range is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and by drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eE Family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with repetitive standard operations on known materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eVD Family (Digital Variable Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for adaptation to the material, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eM Family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MD 3550 E is sized for workshops with standard daily use. For workshops that alternate different materials (mild steels, hardened steels, aluminum), the corresponding VD version offers greater flexibility: for the MD 3550 E, the VD equivalent is the MD 3550 VD. The advantage of the E version lies in its simpler construction (fewer electronic components) and lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Weighing 11 kg, it is shipped in a case\/plastic container and can be easily handled by one person, even on-site. Weldon 19 mm core drills, chucks, adapters, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the MD 3550 E is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-professional machine for occasional use on steel structures. Works on 230V single-phase domestic power, 11 kg weight manageable by one person.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabricator with daily use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 35 mm capacity and fixed speed 810 rpm sized for standard structural steels. Reliability of a simple configuration without complex electronic components.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn-site installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kg weight and compact dimensions (170 × 280 × 400 mm) make it portable. 16,000 N magnetic force for secure fastening on vertical structures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e core drilling beyond Ø 35 mm (consider models MD 5050, MD 5075, MD 6050 VD or MD 9875 VD); deep core drilling beyond 50 mm (the MD 5075 with 75 mm depth or MD 9875 VD with 75 mm depth are correctly sized); workshops with a variety of materials requiring different speeds (the corresponding VD version offers greater flexibility); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet will not adhere; continuous industrial use at high rates (magnetic core drills are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance Weldon - base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 × 80 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 × 280 × 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 3550 E magnetic core drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic transport case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the MD 3550 E electromagnet work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, or non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that fixes the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, fastening is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed column drills or dedicated mechanical clamping systems are needed. For most standard metal structures (fabrication, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable fastening system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the core drill in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the included safety belt\/chain. The 16,000 N magnetic force is sized for fastening in any position, but safety always requires additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even during a momentary power interruption for the seconds needed to prevent falls, but in case of prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS require mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the MD 3550 E have automatic lubrication?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot integrated. For prolonged core drilling on hard steels, it is recommended to manually apply a metalworking lubricant to the tool before starting the hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual lubricant application is less convenient than the automatic lubrication of higher-end versions, but for intermittent artisanal use, it is manageable. The difference is noticeable in series production: with automatic lubrication, cutters last 3-4 times longer. For workshops with regular consumption of core drills, consider a model with internal lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 19 mm Weldon shank a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 19 mm Weldon shank is the international standard for core drills: most commercial cutters (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this shank. All cutters have a 19 mm Weldon pin for quick fastening via a side set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with cutters of other brands or standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the 19 mm Weldon shank is the most widespread choice with the largest market offering. Original Bernardo cutters are in 19 mm Weldon shank and available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume during intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1600 W motor typically consumes 1.6-1.8 kWh per actual hour of operation. In intermittent artisanal use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only runs during the actual cutting of the hole; it is off between holes. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The core drill is an electrically efficient machine: the nominal power is only engaged during the actual working minutes. For intensive continuous use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693362024776,"sku":"01-1379","price":595.38,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carotatrice_magnetica_Bernardo_MD_3550_E_compatta_e_leggera.jpg?v=1758119769"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrice-magnetica-md-3550-vd","title":"Bernardo MD 3550 VD Magnetic Drilling Machine – Ø 35 mm × 50 mm, Variable Drive, 1550 W motor, 11 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 3550 VD variable speed (Variable Drive) magnetic core drill offers core drilling capacity up to Ø 35 mm with a maximum depth of 50 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 13 mm, drill head stroke of 155 mm, continuous speed adjustment from 100 – 830 rpm to adapt to core drilling, reaming, boring, universal Weldon 19 mm shank for standard core drills, automatic internal lubrication with integrated tank, electromagnet with adhesion force of 14,800 N, 1550 W motor at 230V single-phase. Weight 11 kg, machine dimensions 150 × 280 × 430 mm. Suitable for metal fabrication, machine construction, automotive industry, construction sites and workshops. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 35 mm × 50 mm depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 155 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 – 830 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesion force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14,800 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1550 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 3550 VD and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 3550 VD is a portable magnetic core drill sized for mechanical workshops, metal fabrication shops, and construction sites. Continuously variable speed 100 – 830 rpm: the 'VD' in the name indicates 'Variable Drive', the electronic system that allows selecting the optimal speed for each tool-material combination. For hard steels, low speeds (100-200 rpm), for standard steels 300-500 rpm, for soft materials higher speeds. A useful feature in workshops with a variety of operations and materials. The electromagnet with 14,800 N adhesion force ensures secure fastening to steel structures even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain supplied as standard. The automatic internal lubrication system delivers coolant directly to the tool through the spindle, significantly extending the life of core drills (expensive consumables) and improving hole quality. Its 11 kg weight and compact dimensions (150 × 280 × 430 mm) make it transportable to construction sites in a case or plastic container, without the need for a pallet jack or crane. In Krollit customer labs, the MD 3550 VD is chosen by metal fabricators, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintainers, and on-site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo magnetic core drill range is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with repetitive standard operations on known materials.\n\nVD family (Digital Variable Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for adaptation to material, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\n\nM family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nVD version of the MD 3550 E: same geometric capacities (Ø 35 mm × 50 mm depth) but with electronic variable speed. Practical difference: the 3550 E has a fixed 810 rpm (standard steels); the 3550 VD allows 100-830 rpm to optimize for different materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Weighing 11 kg, it is shipped in a case\/plastic container and easily handled by one person, even on a construction site. Weldon 19 mm core drills, mandrels, adapters, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the MD 3550 VD for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor advanced use on variable materials. The VD costs more than the E version but handles more types of processing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with a variety of materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable speed 100 – 830 rpm allows finding the optimal value for each material (soft steels, hardened steels, aluminum, special alloys).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance \/ installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for contexts where the processing material changes frequently. Fine speed adjustment significantly extends the life of core drills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e core drilling beyond Ø 35 mm (upgrade to MD 5050, MD 5075, MD 6050 VD or MD 9875 VD models); deep core drilling beyond 50 mm (the MD 5075 with 75 mm depth or MD 9875 VD with 75 mm depth are correctly sized); tapping operations (the TPC 1000 multifunction is the correctly sized choice); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet does not adhere; continuous industrial use at high frequency (magnetic core drills are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 – 830 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance Weldon - base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14,800 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 × 80 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1550 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 × 280 × 430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 3550 VD magnetic core drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic carrying case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 – 13 mm keyless drill chuck with 1\/2'' – 20 UNF \/ Weldon 19 mm adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBubble level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the MD 3550 VD electromagnet work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that fixes the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, fixing is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed column drills or dedicated mechanical clamping systems are required. For most standard metal structures (fabrication, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable clamping system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the core drill in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the included safety belt\/chain. The 14,800 N magnetic force is dimensioned for clamping in any position, but safety always requires an additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even during a momentary power interruption for the seconds necessary to prevent falls, but in the event of a prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS include mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic internal lubrication system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coolant (oil-water emulsion or dedicated metalworking oil) starts from an integrated tank and is delivered directly to the center of the tool through an internal channel. It works in any position (even overhead) via gravity or pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInternal lubrication significantly extends the life of core drills (expensive consumables) by reducing friction and dissipating heat. Without lubrication, drills last 30-50 holes; with internal lubrication, 100-200 holes. The coolant fluid is not included and is available from standard industrial suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the Weldon 19 mm shank a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Weldon 19 mm is the international standard for core drills: most commercial drills (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this shank. The drills all have a Weldon 19 mm pin for quick fastening via a side set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with drills from other brands or other standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the Weldon 19 mm is the most common choice with the widest market offering. Original Bernardo drills have a Weldon 19 mm shank and are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume in intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1550 W motor typically absorbs 1.6-1.8 kWh per actual hour of work. In intermittent artisanal use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only runs during hole cutting: it is off between holes. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The core drill is an electrically efficient machine: nominal power is only engaged during actual processing minutes. For intensive continuous use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693367791944,"sku":"D-01-1380","price":661.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carotatrice_magnetica_Bernardo_MD_3550_VD_compatta_e_leggera.png?v=1758119385"},{"product_id":"bernardo-md-3850-carotatrice-magnetica","title":"Bernardo Magnetic Core Drilling Machine MD 3850 – Ø 38 mm × 50 mm, fixed speed, 1650 W motor, 9.5 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 3850 fixed-speed magnetic drilling machine offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 38 mm with a maximum depth of 50 mm, a drill head stroke of 55 mm, a no-load speed of 800 rpm, a universal 19 mm Weldon shank for standard core drills, an electromagnet with an adhesion force of 14,500 N, and a 1650 W, 230V single-phase motor. It weighs 9.5 kg and has machine dimensions of 150 × 300 × 260 mm. Suitable for metalworking, machine construction, the automotive sector, construction sites, and workshops. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 38 mm × 50 mm depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesion force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14,500 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1650 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 9.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 3850 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 3850 is a portable magnetic drilling machine sized for mechanical workshops, metalworking shops, and construction sites. Fixed speed 800 rpm: simple and reliable configuration for standard use on typical materials and diameters. For workshops primarily working with structural steel using standard core drills, the fixed speed is correctly dimensioned, avoiding the electronic complexity and cost of an inverter. The electromagnet with an adhesion force of 14,500 N ensures secure attachment to steel structures, even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain included as standard. Its 9.5 kg weight and compact dimensions (150 × 300 × 260 mm) make it transportable to the job site in a carrying case or plastic container, without the need for a pallet jack or crane. Among Krollit's customers, the MD 3850 is chosen by metalworking shops, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintenance personnel, and on-site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo magnetic drilling machine range is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE Family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with standard repetitive operations on known materials.\n\nVD Family (Variable Digital Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for adaptation to material, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\n\nM Family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nThe MD 3850 is sized for workshops with standard daily use. For workshops that alternate different materials (mild steels, hardened steels, aluminum), the corresponding VD version offers greater flexibility: for the MD 3850, the VD equivalent is the higher VD range. The advantage of the E version lies in its simple construction (fewer electronic components) and lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). With a weight of 9.5 kg, it is shipped in a plastic case\/container and can be easily handled by one person, even on a construction site. Weldon 19 mm core drills, chucks, adapters, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the MD 3850 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-professional machine for occasional use on steel structures. Operates on 230V domestic single-phase, 9.5 kg weight manageable by one person.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetalworking shop with daily use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 38 mm capacity and fixed speed of 800 rpm dimensioned for standard structural steels. Reliability of a simple configuration without complex electronic components.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn-site installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 kg weight and compact dimensions (150 × 300 × 260 mm) make it transportable. 14,500 N magnetic force for secure attachment to vertical structures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e core drilling beyond Ø 38 mm (upgrade to MD 5050, MD 5075, MD 6050 VD, or MD 9875 VD models); deep core drilling beyond 50 mm (the MD 5075 with 75 mm depth or MD 9875 VD with 75 mm depth are correctly sized); workshops with a variety of materials requiring different speeds (the corresponding VD version offers greater flexibility); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet will not adhere; continuous industrial high-cadence use (magnetic drills are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14,500 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e156 × 80 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1650 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 × 300 × 260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 9.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 3850 magnetic drilling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic transport container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpirit level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the MD 3850's electromagnet work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, or non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that attaches the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, attachment is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed drill presses or dedicated mechanical clamping systems are required. For most standard metal structures (metalworking, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable clamping system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the core drill in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the included safety belt\/chain. The 14,500 N magnetic force is sized for attachment in any position, but safety always requires an additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even during a momentary power interruption for the seconds needed to prevent falls, but in the event of a prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS require mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the MD 3850 have automatic lubrication?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot integrated. For prolonged core drilling on hard steels, it is recommended to manually apply metalworking lubricant to the tool before starting the hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual lubricant application is less convenient than the automatic lubrication of higher versions, but for intermittent artisanal use, it is manageable. The difference is noticeable in series production: with automatic lubrication, drills last 3-4 times longer. For workshops with regular consumption of core drills, consider a model with internal lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 19 mm Weldon shank a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 19 mm Weldon is the international standard for core drills: most commercial drills (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this shank. All drills have a 19 mm Weldon pin for quick attachment via a side set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with drills of other brands or standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the 19 mm Weldon is the most widespread choice with the largest market offering. Original Bernardo drills are in 19 mm Weldon shank and available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume in intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1650 W motor typically draws 1.6-1.8 kWh per actual hour of work. In intermittent artisanal use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only operates during hole cutting: it is off between holes. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The core drill is an electrically efficient machine: nominal power is only used during actual working minutes. For intensive continuous use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693438964040,"sku":"01-1369","price":728.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MD_3850_Carotatrice_magnetica_compatta_e_maneggevole.png?v=1757432865"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrice-magnetica-md-4055","title":"Magnetic Drilling Machine Bernardo MD 4055 – Ø 40 mm × 50 mm, fixed speed, 1150 W motor, 12.7 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 4055 fixed-speed magnetic drilling machine offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 40 mm with a maximum depth of 50 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 13 mm, drill head stroke of 135 mm, no-load speed of 480 rpm, a universal 19 mm Weldon shank for standard core drills, automatic internal lubrication with integrated tank, electromagnet with an adhesive force of 10,500 N, and an 1150 W 230V single-phase motor. Weight 12.7 kg, machine dimensions 240 × 255 × 500 mm. Suitable for metalworking, machine construction, automotive sector, construction sites, and workshops. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 40 mm × 50 mm depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 135 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 480 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesive force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10,500 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1150 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 12.7 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 4055 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 4055 is a portable magnetic drilling machine designed for mechanical workshops, metal fabricators, and construction sites. Fixed speed 480 rpm: simple and reliable configuration for standard use on typical materials and diameters. For workshops that primarily work with structural steel using standard core drills, the fixed speed is correctly sized, avoiding the electronic complexity and cost of an inverter. The electromagnet with 10,500 N adhesive force ensures secure fastening on steel structures even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain included as standard. The automatic internal lubrication system delivers coolant directly to the tool through the spindle, significantly extending the life of core drills (expensive consumables) and improving hole quality. Its 12.7 kg weight and compact dimensions (240 × 255 × 500 mm) make it portable to construction sites in a case or plastic container, without the need for pallet jacks or cranes. Among Krollit's customers, the MD 4055 is chosen by metal fabrication workshops, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintenance technicians, and site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range of magnetic drilling machines is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE Family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with repetitive standard work on known materials.\n\nVD Family (Variable Digital Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for material adaptation, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\n\nM Family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nThe MD 4055 is sized for workshops with standard daily use. For workshops that alternate different materials (mild steels, hardened steels, aluminum), the corresponding VD version offers greater flexibility: for the MD 4055, the equivalent VD is the superior VD range. The advantage of the E version lies in its simple construction (fewer electronic components) and lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Weighing 12.7 kg, it is shipped in a case\/plastic container and can be easily handled by one person, even on site. Weldon 19 mm core drills, mandrels, adapters, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the MD 4055 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-professional machine for occasional use on steel structures. Works on 230V single-phase domestic power, 12.7 kg weight manageable by one person.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabricator with daily use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 40 mm capacity and fixed speed 480 rpm sized for standard structural steels. Reliability of a simple configuration without complex electronic components.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSite installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.7 kg weight and compact dimensions (240 × 255 × 500 mm) make it transportable. 10,500 N magnet force for secure fastening on vertical structures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e core drilling beyond Ø 40 mm (upgrade to MD 5050, MD 5075, MD 6050 VD or MD 9875 VD models); deep core drilling beyond 50 mm (the MD 5075 with 75 mm depth or MD 9875 VD with 75 mm depth are correctly sized); workshops with a variety of materials requiring different speeds (the corresponding VD version offers greater flexibility); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet does not adhere; continuous industrial use at high frequency (magnetic drills are designed for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance Weldon - base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesive force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,500 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e159 × 79 × 48 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 × 255 × 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 12.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 4055 magnetic drilling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic transport case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the MD 4055's electromagnet work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that attaches the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, attachment is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed drill presses or dedicated mechanical fastening systems are required. For most standard metal structures (fabrication, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable fastening system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the drilling machine in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. with the included safety belt\/chain. The 10,500 N magnetic force is sized for fastening in any position, but safety always requires the additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet retains the machine even during a momentary power interruption for the seconds needed to prevent falls, but in the event of a prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS require mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesive force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic internal lubrication system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coolant (oil-water emulsion or dedicated metalworking oil) starts from an integrated tank and is delivered directly to the center of the tool through an internal channel. It works in any position (even overhead) by gravity or pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInternal lubrication significantly extends the life of core drills (expensive consumables) by reducing friction and dissipating heat. Without lubrication, drills last 30-50 holes; with internal lubrication, 100-200 holes. The coolant is not included and is available from standard industrial suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 19 mm Weldon shank a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 19 mm Weldon shank is the international standard for core drills: most commercial drills (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this shank. All drills have a 19 mm Weldon pin for quick fastening via a lateral set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with drills of other brands or standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the 19 mm Weldon shank is the most common choice with the widest market offering. Original Bernardo drills come with a 19 mm Weldon shank and are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume during intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1150 W motor typically consumes 1.1-1.3 kWh per effective hour of work. In intermittent artisanal use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only runs during hole cutting: it is off between holes. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The drilling machine is an electrically efficient machine: nominal power is only engaged during actual processing minutes. For intensive continuous use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693442797896,"sku":"01-1370","price":581.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carotatrice_magnetica_Bernardo_MD_4055_compatta_e_trasportabile.jpg?v=1758117736"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrice-magnetica-md-5050-e","title":"Bernardo MD 5050 E Magnetic Core Drilling Machine – Ø 50 mm × 50 mm, fixed speed, 1650 W motor, 11.5 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 5050 E fixed-speed magnetic core drill offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 50 mm with a maximum depth of 50 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 13 mm, drill head travel of 170 mm, no-load speed of 790 rpm, 19 mm universal Weldon shank for standard core drills, electromagnet with 16,200 N adhesion force, 1650 W motor at 230V single-phase. Weight 11.5 kg, machine dimensions 170 × 280 × 400 mm. Suitable for metalworking, machine construction, automotive sector, on-site and workshop work. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 50 mm × 50 mm depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 170 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 790 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesion force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16,200 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1650 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 5050 E and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 5050 E is a portable magnetic core drill sized for mechanical workshops, metalworking shops, and construction sites. Fixed speed 790 rpm: simple and reliable configuration for standard use on typical materials and diameters. For workshops that mainly work with structural steel using standard core drills, the fixed speed is correctly sized, avoiding electronic complexity and the costs of an inverter. The electromagnet with 16,200 N adhesion force ensures secure fastening on steel structures even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain included as standard. The 11.5 kg weight and compact dimensions (170 × 280 × 400 mm) make it transportable to construction sites in a case or plastic container, without the need for pallet trucks or cranes. In Krollit customer laboratories, the MD 5050 E is chosen by metal fabricators, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintenance technicians, and on-site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range of magnetic core drills is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with repetitive standard operations on known materials.\n\nVD family (Digital Variable Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for adaptation to the material, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\n\nM family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nThe MD 5050 E is sized for workshops with standard daily use. For workshops that alternate different materials (mild steels, hardened steels, aluminum), the corresponding VD version offers greater flexibility: for the MD 5050 E, the equivalent VD is the MD 5050 VD. The advantage of the E version lies in its simpler construction (fewer electronic components) and lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 11.5 kg, it is shipped in a case\/plastic container and easily handled by one person, even on-site. Weldon 19 mm core drills, chucks, adapters, and original Bernardo spare accessories are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the MD 5050 E for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-professional machine for occasional use on steel structures. Operates on 230V single-phase domestic power, 11.5 kg weight manageable by one person.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetalworking workshop with daily use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm capacity and fixed speed 790 rpm sized for standard structural steels. Reliability of a simple configuration without complex electronic components.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn-site installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5 kg weight and compact dimensions (170 × 280 × 400 mm) make it transportable. 16,200 N magnetic force for secure fastening on vertical structures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e deep core drilling beyond 50 mm (the MD 5075 with 75 mm depth or MD 9875 VD with 75 mm depth are correctly sized); workshops with a variety of materials requiring different speeds (the corresponding VD version offers greater flexibility); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet will not adhere; continuous high-frequency industrial use (magnetic core drills are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance Weldon - base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16,200 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 × 80 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1650 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 × 280 × 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 5050 E magnetic core drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic case for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the MD 5050 E electromagnet work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that attaches the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, attachment is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed drill presses or dedicated mechanical fastening systems are required. For most standard metal structures (framework, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable fastening system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the core drill in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the included safety belt\/chain. The 16,200 N magnetic force is sized for fastening in any position, but safety always requires the additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even in a momentary power interruption for the seconds needed to prevent falls, but in case of a prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS include mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the MD 5050 E have automatic lubrication?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot integrated. For prolonged core drilling on hard steels, it is recommended to manually apply a metalworking lubricant to the tool before starting the hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual application of lubricant is less convenient than the automatic lubrication of higher versions, but for intermittent artisanal use, it is manageable. The difference is noticeable in series production: with automatic lubrication, cutters last 3-4 times longer. For workshops with regular consumption of core drills, consider a model with internal lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 19 mm Weldon shank a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 19 mm Weldon shank is the international standard for core drills: most commercial cutters (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this shank. All cutters have a 19 mm Weldon pin for quick fastening via a side set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with cutters of other brands or other standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the 19 mm Weldon shank is the most common choice with the widest market offering. Original Bernardo cutters are available with a 19 mm Weldon shank from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume during intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1650 W motor typically draws 1.6-1.8 kWh per actual hour of work. In intermittent artisanal use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only runs during hole cutting: between holes, it is off. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The core drill is an electrically efficient machine: the nominal power is only engaged during actual processing minutes. For continuous intensive use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693447319880,"sku":"01-1382","price":647.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carotatrice_magnetica_Bernardo_MD_5050_E_compatta_e_robusta.jpg?v=1758116502"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrice-magnetica-md-5050-vd","title":"Bernardo MD 5050 VD Magnetic Drilling Machine – Ø 50 mm × 50 mm, Variable Speed (Variable Drive), 1700 W motor, 11.2 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 5050 VD variable drive magnetic core drilling machine offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 50 mm with a maximum depth of 50 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 13 mm, drill head travel of 155 mm, continuous speed adjustment from 100 – 810 rpm to adapt to core drilling, reaming, boring, universal 19 mm Weldon shank for standard core drills, automatic internal lubrication with integrated tank, electromagnet with an adhesion force of 15,600 N, 1700 W 230V single-phase motor. Weight 11.2 kg, machine dimensions 150 × 280 × 430 mm. Suitable for metalworking, machine construction, automotive sector, construction site and workshop jobs. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 50 mm × 50 mm depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 155 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 – 810 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesion force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15,600 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1700 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11.2 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 5050 VD and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 5050 VD is a portable magnetic core drilling machine sized for mechanical workshops, metal fabricators, and construction sites. Continuously variable speed 100 – 810 rpm: the 'VD' in the name indicates 'Variable Drive', the electronic system that allows selecting the optimal speed for each tool-material combination. Low speeds (100-200 rpm) for hard steels, 300-500 rpm for standard steels, higher speeds for soft materials. A useful feature in workshops with a variety of machining operations and materials. The electromagnet with an adhesion force of 15,600 N ensures secure fastening on steel structures even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain supplied as standard. The automatic internal lubrication system brings the coolant directly to the tool through the spindle, significantly extending the life of core drills (expensive consumables) and improving hole quality. Its 11.2 kg weight and compact dimensions (150 × 280 × 430 mm) make it transportable to the construction site in a case or plastic container, without the need for a pallet truck or crane. In Krollit customer workshops, the MD 5050 VD is chosen by metal fabricators, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintenance technicians, and on-site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo magnetic core drilling machine range is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with standard repetitive operations on known materials.\n\nVD family (Digital Variable Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed to adapt to the material, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\n\nM family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nVD version of the MD 5050 E: same geometric capacities (Ø 50 mm × 50 mm depth) but with electronic variable speed 100-810 rpm. Difference with 5050 E: the 5050 VD adapts to different materials (hardened steels, special alloys) by setting the appropriate speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Weighing 11.2 kg, it is shipped in a case\/plastic container and can be easily handled by one person, even on a construction site. 19 mm Weldon core drills, arbors, adapters, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer assistance in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the MD 5050 VD is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor advanced use on variable materials. The VD costs more than the E version but handles more types of processing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with a variety of materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable speed 100 – 810 rpm allows finding the optimal value for each material (mild steels, hardened steels, aluminum, special alloys).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance \/ installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for contexts where the processing material changes frequently. Fine speed adjustment significantly extends the life of core drills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e deep core drilling beyond 50 mm (the MD 5075 with 75 mm depth or MD 9875 VD with 75 mm depth are correctly sized); tapping operations (the TPC 1000 multifunction is the correctly sized choice); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet does not adhere; continuous industrial high-rate use (magnetic core drills are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 – 810 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon - base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15,600 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 × 80 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1700 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 × 280 × 430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 5050 VD magnetic core drilling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic carrying case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 – 13 mm keyless chuck with 1\/2'' – 20 UNF \/ Weldon 19 mm adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eOn what materials does the MD 5050 VD electromagnet work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that fixes the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, fastening is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed drill presses or dedicated mechanical fastening systems are needed. For most standard metal structures (metalworking, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable fastening system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the core drilling machine in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the included safety belt\/chain. The 15,600 N magnetic force is sized for fastening in any position, but safety always requires the additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even during a momentary power interruption for the seconds needed to prevent falls, but in case of a prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS require mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic internal lubrication system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coolant (oil-water emulsion or dedicated metalworking oil) starts from an integrated tank and is carried directly to the center of the tool through an internal channel. It works in any position (even overhead) by gravity or pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInternal lubrication significantly extends the life of core drills (expensive consumables) by reducing friction and dissipating heat. Without lubrication, drills last 30-50 holes; with internal lubrication, 100-200 holes. The coolant fluid is not included; it is available from standard industrial suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 19 mm Weldon shank a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 19 mm Weldon is the international standard for core drills: most commercial drills (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this shank. The drills all have a 19 mm Weldon pin for quick fastening via a lateral set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with drills of other brands or standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the 19 mm Weldon is the most widespread choice with the largest market offering. Original Bernardo drills come with a 19 mm Weldon shank and are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the motor consume during intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1700 W motor typically absorbs 1.7-1.9 kWh per effective hour of work. In intermittent craft use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only operates during hole cutting: it is off between holes. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The core drilling machine is an electrically efficient machine: the nominal power is only engaged during the actual working minutes. For intensive continuous use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693452398920,"sku":"01-1383","price":725.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carotatrice_magnetica_Bernardo_MD_5050_VD_compatta_e_portatile.png?v=1758116148"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrici-md-5075","title":"Magnetic Core Drilling Machine Bernardo MD 5075 – Ø 50 mm × 75 mm, 2-speed, extended core drilling depth 75 mm, 1550 W motor, 18 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 5075 multifunction magnetic drilling machine offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 50 mm with a maximum depth of 75 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 16 mm, drill head travel of 195 mm, speeds of 230 \/ 550 rpm (2 gears), MT 2 spindle taper with 19 mm Weldon adapter for versatile tools (twist drills, reamers, countersinks), automatic internal lubrication with integrated tank, electromagnet with 12,800 N adhesion force, 1550 W, 230V single-phase motor. Weight 18 kg, machine dimensions 270 × 300 × 625 mm. Suitable for metal fabrication, machine building, automotive industry, construction site and workshop work. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 16 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 195 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 230 \/ 550 rpm (2 gears)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesion force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12,800 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1550 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 18 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 5075 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 5075 is a portable magnetic core drilling machine sized for mechanical workshops, metal fabrication, and construction sites. Machine with 2-speed transmission (230 \/ 550 rpm): the low gear provides high torque for large diameter core drilling, the high gear for faster drilling. The electromagnet with 12,800 N adhesion force ensures secure fastening on steel structures even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain included as standard. The automatic internal lubrication system brings coolant directly to the tool through the spindle, significantly extending the life of core drills (expensive consumables) and improving hole quality. Its 18 kg weight and compact dimensions (270 × 300 × 625 mm) make it transportable to construction sites in a case or plastic container, without the need for pallet jacks or cranes. In Krollit customer workshops, the MD 5075 is chosen by metal fabricators, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintenance technicians, and on-site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo magnetic core drilling machine range is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with repetitive standard operations on known materials.\n\nVD family (Digital Variable Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for material adaptation, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\n\nM family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nMD 5075: key feature is the 75 mm core drilling depth (vs 50 mm of other MD 5050 models). 2-speed transmission 230\/550 rpm: low gear for maximum torque on large diameters, high gear for higher production rate on drilling. MT 2 taper with Weldon adapter, sized for metal fabrication with thick structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 18 kg, it is shipped in a case\/plastic container and easily handled by one person, even on construction sites. 19 mm Weldon core drills, mandrels, adapters, and original Bernardo spare accessories available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the MD 5075 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine: for standard hobby use it may be oversized. Consider simpler E models.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy fabrication \/ thick structures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm core drilling depth (vs 50 mm of other models) for thick structures. 2 gears (230\/550 rpm) to optimize torque on large diameters.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial structure installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor base plates, structural profiles, work requiring depth greater than standard 50 mm. MT 2 taper with Weldon adapter for professional tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet does not adhere; continuous industrial high-cadence use (magnetic core drills are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 \/ 550 rpm (2 gears)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon adapter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon - base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle - base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12,800 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e178 × 94 × 44 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1550 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 × 300 × 625 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 5075 magnetic drilling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic carrying case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT 2 \/ Weldon 19 mm adapter with internal cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the MD 5075's electromagnet work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that fixes the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, attachment is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed drill presses or dedicated mechanical clamping systems are needed. For most standard metal structures (fabrication, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable clamping system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the core drill in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. with the included safety belt\/chain. The 12,800 N magnetic force is dimensioned for clamping in any position, but safety always requires the additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even in a momentary power outage for the seconds needed to prevent falls, but in the event of a prolonged outage (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS require mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic internal lubrication system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coolant (oil-water emulsion or dedicated metalworking oil) starts from an integrated tank and is carried directly to the center of the tool through an internal channel. It works in any position (even overhead) via gravity or pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInternal lubrication significantly extends the life of core drills (expensive consumables) by reducing friction and dissipating heat. Without lubrication, drills last 30-50 holes; with internal lubrication, 100-200 holes. The coolant fluid is not included and is available from standard industrial suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 19 mm Weldon adapter a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 19 mm Weldon is the international standard for core drills: most commercial drills (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this adapter. The drills all have a 19 mm Weldon shank for quick fastening via a lateral grub screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with drills of other brands or standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the 19 mm Weldon is the most widespread choice with the largest market offering. Original Bernardo drills come with a 19 mm Weldon adapter and are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume during intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1550 W motor typically draws 1.6-1.8 kWh per actual hour of work. In intermittent artisan use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only operates during hole cutting: it is off between holes. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The core drill is an electrically efficient machine: the nominal power is only engaged during the actual working minutes. For intensive continuous use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693462524232,"sku":"01-1372","price":779.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Carotatrice_magnetica_MD_5075_compatta_e_potente.jpg?v=1758039321"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrice-magnetica-md-6050-vd","title":"Bernardo MD 6050 VD Magnetic Drilling Machine – Ø 60 mm × 50 mm, Variable Drive, 1890 W motor, 17 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 6050 VD variable speed (Variable Drive) magnetic core drill offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 60 mm with a maximum depth of 50 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 23 mm, drill head travel of 180 mm, continuous speed adjustment from 100 – 440 rpm to adapt to core drilling, reaming, boring, MT 2 spindle taper with 19 mm Weldon adapter for multipurpose tools (twist drills, reamers, countersinks), automatic internal lubrication with integrated tank, electromagnet with 16,000 N adhesion force, 1890 W motor at 230V single-phase. Weight 17 kg, machine dimensions 200 × 320 × 500 mm. Suitable for metal fabrication, machine construction, automotive industry, construction site and workshop work. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 60 mm × depth 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 23 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 – 440 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesion force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1890 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 17 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 6050 VD and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 6050 VD is a portable magnetic core drill sized for mechanical workshops, metal fabrication shops, and construction sites. Continuously variable speed 100 – 440 rpm: the 'VD' in the name indicates 'Variable Drive', the electronic system that allows selecting the optimal speed for each tool-material combination. For hard steels, low speeds (100-200 rpm), for standard steels 300-500 rpm, for soft materials higher speeds. A useful feature in workshops with a variety of machining operations and materials. The electromagnet with 16,000 N adhesion force ensures secure attachment to steel structures even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain provided as standard. The automatic internal lubrication system delivers coolant directly to the tool through the spindle, significantly extending the life of core drills (expensive consumables) and improving hole quality. Its 17 kg weight and compact dimensions (200 × 320 × 500 mm) make it transportable to the job site in a carrying case or plastic container, without the need for pallet jacks or cranes. In Krollit customers' laboratories, the MD 6050 VD is chosen by metal fabrication shops, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintenance technicians, and site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo magnetic core drill range is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with standard repetitive operations on known materials.\n\nVD family (Variable Digital Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for material adaptation, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\n\nM family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nThe MD 6050 VD has a higher capacity (Ø 60 mm) than the 5050 family. Lower speeds (100-440 rpm vs 100-810) consistent with the larger diameter: large tools require reduced speeds. MT 2 taper (vs Weldon on the 5050 models) for bulkier tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 17 kg, it is shipped in a carrying case\/plastic container and easily handled by one person, even on-site. 19 mm Weldon core drills, spindles, adapters, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Italian customer support is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the MD 6050 VD is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor advanced use on variable materials. The VD costs more than the E version but handles more types of operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with a variety of materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable speed 100 – 440 rpm allows finding the optimal value for each material (mild steel, hardened steel, aluminum, special alloys).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance \/ installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for contexts where the work material changes frequently. Fine speed adjustment significantly extends the life of core drills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e deep core drilling beyond 50 mm (the MD 5075 with 75 mm depth or MD 9875 VD with 75 mm depth are correctly sized); tapping operations (the TPC 1000 multifunction is the correctly sized choice); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet will not adhere; continuous industrial use at high rates (magnetic core drills are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 23 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 – 440 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon to base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle to base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e202 × 105 × 45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1890 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 320 × 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 17 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 6050 VD magnetic core drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic transport case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT 2 \/ Weldon 19 mm adapter with internal cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpirit level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the electromagnet of the MD 6050 VD work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that fixes the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, attachment is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed drill presses or dedicated mechanical clamping systems are needed. For most standard metal structures (fabrication, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable fastening system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the core drill in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the included safety belt\/chain. The 16,000 N magnetic force is sized for attachment in any position, but safety always requires additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even during a momentary power interruption for the seconds needed to prevent falls, but in the event of a prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS require mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic internal lubrication system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coolant (oil-water emulsion or dedicated metalworking oil) starts from an integrated tank and is delivered directly to the center of the tool through an internal channel. It works in any position (even overhead) via gravity or pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInternal lubrication significantly extends the life of core drills (expensive consumable components) by reducing friction and dissipating heat. Without lubrication, drills last 30-50 holes; with internal lubrication, 100-200 holes. The coolant fluid is not included and is available from standard industrial suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 19 mm Weldon shank a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 19 mm Weldon is the international standard for core drills: most commercial cutters (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this shank. The cutters all have a 19 mm Weldon pin for quick attachment via a side set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with cutters of other brands or standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the 19 mm Weldon is the most common choice with the widest market offering. Original Bernardo cutters are available with 19 mm Weldon shank and are in stock for 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume in intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1890 W motor typically consumes 1.9-2.1 kWh per actual hour of work. In intermittent artisanal use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only operates during hole cutting: between holes, it is off. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The core drill is an electrically efficient machine: the nominal power is only engaged during the actual working minutes. For intensive continuous use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693479629128,"sku":"01-1384","price":910.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carotatrice_magnetica_Bernardo_MD_6050_VD_con_attacco_MT2.png?v=1773063706"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrici-md-9875-vd","title":"Bernardo MD 9875 VD Magnetic Core Drilling Machine – Ø 98 mm × 75 mm, variable speed (Variable Drive), 2180 W motor, weight 17.5 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 9875 VD variable drive magnetic drilling machine offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 98 mm with a maximum depth of 75 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 28 mm, drill head travel of 180 mm, continuous speed adjustment from 100 – 340 rpm to adapt to core drilling, reaming, boring, MT 3 spindle taper with 19 mm Weldon adapter for professional tools, automatic internal lubrication with integrated tank, electromagnet with 17,000 N adhesive force, 2180 W 230V single-phase motor. Weight 17.5 kg, machine dimensions 250 × 320 × 500 mm. Suitable for metalworking, machine construction, automotive sector, construction site, and workshop work. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 98 mm × 75 mm depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 28 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 – 340 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesive force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2180 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 17.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 9875 VD and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 9875 VD is a portable magnetic drilling machine sized for mechanical workshops, metal fabrication shops, and construction sites. Continuously variable speed 100 – 340 rpm: the 'VD' in the name stands for 'Variable Drive', the electronic system that allows selecting the optimal speed for each tool-material combination. For hard steels, low speeds (100-200 rpm), for standard steels 300-500 rpm, for soft materials, higher speeds. A useful feature in workshops with a variety of processes and materials. The electromagnet with 17,000 N adhesive force ensures secure fastening on steel structures even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain included as standard. The automatic internal lubrication system delivers coolant directly to the tool through the spindle, significantly extending the life of core drills (expensive consumables) and improving hole quality. The 17.5 kg weight and compact dimensions (250 × 320 × 500 mm) make it portable to the construction site in a case or plastic container, without the need for a pallet jack or crane. In Krollit customer workshops, the MD 9875 VD is chosen by metal fabricators, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintainers, and site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo magnetic drilling machine range is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE Family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with repetitive standard processing on known materials.\n\nVD Family (Variable Digital Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for material adaptation, suitable for workshops with a variety of processes.\n\nM Family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nTop of the Bernardo drilling machine range: Ø 98 mm × 75 mm depth capacity, MT 3 taper (larger than MT 2), 2,180 W motor (the most powerful in the range). Reduced speeds 100-340 rpm for maximum torque on large diameters. For workshops with large capacity core drilling needs on heavy structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 17.5 kg, it is shipped in a case\/plastic container and can be easily handled by one person, even on-site. Weldon 19 mm core drills, chucks, adapters, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the MD 9875 VD for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor advanced use on variable materials. The VD costs more than the E version but handles more types of processing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with a variety of materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable speed 100 – 340 rpm allows finding the optimal value for each material (mild steels, hardened steels, aluminum, special alloys).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance \/ installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for contexts where the processing material changes frequently. Fine speed adjustment significantly extends the life of core drills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tapping operations (the TPC 1000 multifunction is the correctly sized choice); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet does not adhere; continuous industrial use at high cadence (magnetic drilling machines are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 98 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 28 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 – 340 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon adapter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon - base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle - base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e202 × 105 × 45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2180 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 × 320 × 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 17.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 9875 VD magnetic drilling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic transport container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT 3 \/ Weldon 19 mm adapter with internal cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpirit level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the MD 9875 VD electromagnet work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that fastens the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, fastening is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed column drills or dedicated mechanical fastening systems are needed. For most standard metal structures (fabrication, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable fastening system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the drilling machine in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the included safety belt\/chain. The 17,000 N magnetic force is sized for fastening in any position, but safety always requires an additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even during momentary power interruptions for the seconds needed to prevent drops, but in case of a prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS require mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic internal lubrication system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coolant (oil-water emulsion or dedicated metalworking oil) starts from an integrated tank and is delivered directly to the center of the tool through an internal channel. It works in any position (even overhead) via gravity or pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInternal lubrication significantly extends the life of core drills (expensive consumable components) by reducing friction and dissipating heat. Without lubrication, drills last 30-50 holes; with internal lubrication, 100-200 holes. The coolant fluid is not included, it is available from standard industrial suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the Weldon 19 mm adapter a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Weldon 19 mm is the international standard for core drills: most commercial drills (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this adapter. All drills have a 19 mm Weldon shank for quick fastening via a side set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with drills of other brands or standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, Weldon 19 mm is the most common choice with the widest market offering. Original Bernardo drills come with a 19 mm Weldon adapter and are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume during intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2180 W motor typically consumes 2.2-2.4 kWh per effective hour of work. In intermittent craft use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only runs during hole cutting: it is off between holes. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The drilling machine is an electrically efficient machine: nominal power is only engaged during actual processing minutes. For intensive continuous use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693486674248,"sku":"01-1385","price":1256.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Carotatrice_magnetica_MD_9875_VD_compatta_e_potente.jpg?v=1758038385"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/iz_1.png?v=1753695064","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/machines-machining-metals.oembed?page=9","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}